Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2004
Registration No. 333-113215


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO
FORM S-2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
British Columbia, Canada
  8736-3354
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2454 McMullen Booth Road,

Building C, Suite 501
Clearwater, Florida 33759
(727) 726-0763
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant’s principal executive offices)

Peter L. Vosotas

2454 McMullen Booth Road
Building C, Suite 501
Clearwater, Florida 33759
(727) 726-0763
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
Todd B. Pfister
Foley & Lardner LLP
321 North Clark Street
Suite 2800
Chicago, IL 60610
(312) 832-4500
  Christopher D. Olander
Neuberger, Quinn, Gielen, Rubin & Gibber, P.A.
One South Street, 27th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
(410) 332-8550

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.      o

     If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security holders, or a complete and legal facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1) of this Form, check the following box.      o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.      x

      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commissioner, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 7, 2004

PROSPECTUS

2,400,000 Shares

(NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. LOGO)

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

Common Stock


     Nicholas Financial, Inc. is offering 1,500,000 shares of common stock, no par value, and selling shareholders are offering 900,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling shareholders, who are identified in this prospectus under the caption “Selling Shareholders.”

     On April 7, 2004, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NICK.” Our common stock was quoted and traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap System under the symbol “NICK” through April 6, 2004. On April 6, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap System was $10.18 per share.

       Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5 for certain information that should be considered by prospective shareholders.

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


                                 
Underwriting Proceeds to Proceeds to Selling
Price to Public Discount Company(1) Shareholder




Per Share
  $       $       $       $    
Total
  $       $       $       $    


(1)  Before deducting expenses of the offering payable by us estimated at $400,000.

     We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to 360,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

     It is expected that delivery of the shares will be made to investors on or about                     , 2004.


Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

The date of this Prospectus is April      , 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
CAPITALIZATION
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
DIVIDEND POLICY
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIGNATURES
Ex-1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
Ex-5 Salley Bowes Harwardt Opinion
Ex-10.10 ISDA Master Agreement
Ex-10.11 Form of Letter Agreement
Ex-23.2 Ernst & Young Consent


Table of Contents

(MAP)

[Graphic consisting of a map of the Eastern United States showing the locations of the Company and of its branch offices.]


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

      This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus or incorporated in this prospectus by reference. As this is a summary, it may not contain all information that is important to you.

      As used in this prospectus, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” mean Nicholas Financial, Inc. and its subsidiaries (unless the context indicates another meaning) and the term “common stock” means our common stock, no par value. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to a two-for-one common stock dividend effected in September, 2001.

Our Company

      We are a Canadian holding company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia in 1986. Our business activities are conducted through two wholly-owned subsidiaries formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, Nicholas Financial, Inc. (“Nicholas Financial”) and Nicholas Data Services, Inc. (“NDS”). Nicholas Financial is a specialized consumer finance company engaged primarily in acquiring and servicing retail installment sales contracts (“Contracts”) for purchases of new and used cars and light trucks. To a lesser extent, Nicholas Financial also makes direct loans and sells consumer-finance related products. NDS is engaged in supporting and updating industry specific computer application software for small businesses located primarily in the Southeastern United States. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 and the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had consolidated revenues of $22.4 million, $20.2 million, $18.6 million, and $16.3 million, respectively. Nicholas Financial accounted for approximately 99% and 99% of our consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003, respectively.

      Our principal business is providing financing programs, primarily to purchasers of new and used cars and light trucks who meet our credit standards, but who do not meet the credit standards of traditional lenders, such as banks and credit unions. Unlike these traditional lenders, which make lending decisions primarily based on the credit history of the borrower and typically finance new automobiles, we purchase Contracts of borrowers who may not have a good credit history or Contracts for older model and high mileage automobiles. This is typically referred to as the non-prime automobile finance market.

      Our automobile finance programs are currently conducted in seven states through a total of 31 branches, including 15 in Florida, five in Ohio, four in North Carolina, three in Georgia, two in South Carolina and one in each of Michigan and Virginia. As of March 31, 2004, we had non-exclusive agreements with approximately 1,300 dealers for the purchase of individual Contracts that meet our financing criteria, of which approximately 950 are active. We consider a dealer agreement to be active if we have purchased a Contract thereunder in the last six months. These dealer agreements require the dealer to originate Contracts in accordance with our guidelines. Once a Contract meets these guidelines, we then negotiate the price of the Contract with the dealer, which typically includes a discount that historically has ranged between 1% and 15% of the original principal amount. The sale price of the vehicle less a 5% to 20% down payment in the form of a trade-in or cash and not including the negotiated discount is then financed over a period generally of 12 to 66 months. In addition taxes, title fees and, if applicable, premiums for extended service contracts, accident and health insurance and credit life insurance can also be included in the amount financed.

      Our policy is to only purchase a Contract after the dealer has provided us with the requisite proof that we have a first priority lien on the financed vehicle (or we have, in fact, perfected such first priority lien), that the customer has obtained the required collision insurance naming us as loss payee and that the Contract has been fully and accurately completed and validly executed.

      In addition to our automobile finance program, we also provide direct loans. Direct loans are loans originated directly between us and the consumer. These loans are typically for amounts ranging from $1,000 to $6,000 and are generally secured by a lien on an automobile, water craft or other permissible tangible personal property. The majority of direct loans are originated with current or former customers under our automobile financing program. The typical direct loan has significantly better credit risk than

1


Table of Contents

our automobile financing program due to the customer’s payment history with us. Our average direct loan has an initial principal balance of approximately $3,000, and we do not expect the average loan size to increase significantly within the foreseeable future.

      Currently, we originate direct loans only in Florida, Georgia and North Carolina. While we expect to make a decision in the coming fiscal year on whether or not to pursue a direct loan license for Ohio, we do not expect to pursue a direct loan license in any other state. We implemented our direct loan program in April 1995. Loans made pursuant to this program constituted approximately 3% of the aggregate principal amount of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and accounted for approximately 4% of our revenue for the nine-month period then ended and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

      Our executive offices are located at 2454 McMullen Booth Road, Building C, Suite 501, Clearwater, Florida 33759, and our telephone number is (727) 726-0763.

Our Industry

      The non-prime automobile finance market is highly fragmented and historically has been serviced by a variety of financial entities, including captive finance subsidiaries of major automobile manufactures, banks, independent finance companies, and small loan companies. Many of these financial entities do not consistently provide financing to this market. Although prime borrowers represent a large segment of the automobile financing market, there are many potential purchasers of automobiles who do not qualify as prime borrowers. Purchasers we consider to be non-prime borrowers are generally unable to obtain credit from traditional sources of automobile financing. We believe that, because these potential purchasers represent a substantial market, there is a demand by automobile dealers with respect to financing for non-prime borrowers that has not been effectively served by traditional automobile financing sources.

Our Strategy

      By focusing our efforts on the non-prime automobile finance market, we believe that we can increase our profitability and our long-term shareholder value. To achieve our goals, we intend to implement the following strategies:

  •  Greater Penetration of Current Markets. We believe that by consistently providing financing to the non-prime market while cultivating the relationships between our branch office employees and both our existing dealership base and our customers, we have a significant opportunity to expand our presence in the markets in which we currently operate. Although we have not made any bulk purchases of Contracts in the last five years, if the opportunity arises, we may consider possible acquisitions of portfolios of seasoned Contracts from dealers in bulk transactions as a means of further penetrating our existing markets or expanding our presence in targeted geographic locations.
 
  •  Controlled Geographic Expansion. We are currently expanding our automobile financing program in the states of Georgia, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina and Virginia. We have targeted certain geographic locations within these states where we believe there is a sufficient market for our automobile financing program. Our strategy is to monitor these new markets and ultimately decide where and when to open actual branch locations. This method of geographic expansion helps mitigate potential future losses by allowing us to qualify and then develop a market without the expense of the physical addition of a branch office until it is necessary.
 
  •  Disciplined Underwriting. We consider the following factors related to the borrower when deciding on the purchase of a new Contract: place and length of residence, current and prior job status, history in making installment payments for automobiles, current income and credit history. We believe that through this conservative approach to underwriting we can minimize our exposure to credit risk.
 
  •  Increase of Direct Loans. We currently offer direct loans primarily to customers under the Contracts previously purchased by us. Approximately 90% of the direct loans that we make are to

2


Table of Contents

  existing customers who have Contracts with us. Thus, the growth of our direct loan business generally has been proportionate to the growth of our Contract portfolio. Currently direct loans account for approximately 4% of our total annual revenue and constitute approximately 3% of the aggregate principal amount of our loan portfolio. Historically the direct loan business has been profitable for us, but we do not anticipate that it will account for a more significant portion of our overall revenues and loan portfolio in the foreseeable future.

The Offering

 
Common Stock Offered by the Company 1,500,000 shares(1)
 
Common Stock Offered by the
Selling Shareholders
900,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be Outstanding After the Offering 6,585,288 shares(1)(2)
 
Use of Proceeds We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our existing $75.0 million line of credit facility. As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, the aggregate amount outstanding under our line of credit facility was approximately $66.0 million and $67.5 million, respectively. We are currently negotiating to increase this line of credit to $85.0 million and to extend its maturity date.
 
Nasdaq National Market Symbol NICK


(1)  This number does not include 360,000 shares that the underwriter has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments.
 
(2)  The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering does not include 565,466 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options.

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

                                           
At and for the Nine At and for the Fiscal Year Ended
Months Ended December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002 2001





(unaudited)
Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
 
Finance revenue
  $ 18,397,452     $ 16,075,736     $ 22,048,535     $ 19,852,758     $ 17,386,318  
 
Sales
    192,755       254,165       328,340       365,367       410,708  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      18,590,207       16,329,901       22,376,875       20,218,125       17,797,026  
Expenses:
                                       
 
Cost of sales
    39,145       62,685       83,904       78,615       84,870  
 
Marketing
    653,282       481,729       654,569       565,626       445,869  
 
Administrative
    7,235,719       6,108,890       8,460,662       7,302,275       6,356,555  
 
Provision for credit losses
    1,617,028       1,677,758       2,213,859       1,912,918       1,470,744  
 
Depreciation
    162,218       130,000       190,257       189,733       145,567  
 
Interest expense
    2,905,747       2,955,671       3,936,042       3,898,400       3,761,689  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      12,613,139       11,416,733       15,539,293       13,947,567       12,265,294  
Operating income before income taxes
    5,977,068       4,913,168       6,837,582       6,270,558       5,531,732  

3


Table of Contents

                                           
At and for the Nine At and for the Fiscal Year Ended
Months Ended December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002 2001





(unaudited)
Income tax expense:
                                       
 
Current
    3,356,708       2,667,527       3,884,386       2,195,841       2,075,855  
 
Deferred
    (1,100,546 )     (832,845 )     (1,328,198 )     142,578       45,000  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      2,256,162       1,834,682       2,556,188       2,338,419       2,120,855  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486     $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139     $ 3,410,877  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.74     $ 0.62     $ 0.86     $ 0.81     $ 0.73  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.69     $ 0.58     $ 0.81     $ 0.75     $ 0.68  
Weighted average shares:
                                       
 
Basic
    5,036,730       5,004,470       5,004,055       4,869,078       4,673,198  
 
Diluted
    5,395,815       5,312,077       5,299,206       5,263,966       5,137,732  
Dividends declared
  $ 0.10                          
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Finance receivables, net
  $ 92,835,072     $ 81,747,124     $ 86,178,112     $ 76,067,387     $ 65,040,868  
Total assets
    99,677,476       85,100,957       90,036,928       77,948,882       67,329,364  
Line of credit
    66,010,290       57,333,426       60,160,238       53,273,426       47,823,426  
Total liabilities
    73,568,219       64,894,178       67,946,488       59,512,549       52,901,513  
Total shareholders’ equity
    26,109,257       20,206,779       22,090,440       18,436,333       14,427,851  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                       
Weighted average contractual rate(1)
    24.02 %     24.21 %     24.31 %     24.65 %     24.77 %
Average cost of borrowed funds(2)
    6.03 %     6.93 %     6.86 %     7.66 %     8.15 %
Gross portfolio yield(3)
    22.25 %     22.20 %     22.54 %     23.53 %     23.79 %
Net portfolio yield(4)
    16.78 %     15.80 %     16.26 %     16.64 %     16.63 %
Return on shareholders’ equity(5)
    20.59 %     21.24 %     21.13 %     23.93 %     26.69 %


(1)  Weighted average contractual rate represents the weighted average annual percentage rate (APR) of all Contracts purchased and direct loans originated during the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
 
(2)  Average cost of borrowed funds represents interest expense as a percentage of average indebtedness.
 
(3)  Gross portfolio yield represents finance revenue as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(4)  Net portfolio yield represents finance revenue minus (a) interest expense and (b) the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(5)  Return on shareholders’ equity represents net income divided by average total shareholders’ equity during the period.

  Note: For comparability purposes, all nine-month key performance indicators expressed as percentages have been annualized.

4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      Before purchasing any of the shares of common stock being offered, prospective investors should carefully consider the following factors in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus or incorporated herein by reference.

Our profitability and future growth depend on our continued access to bank financing.

      The profitability and growth of our business currently depends on our ability to access bank debt at competitive rates. We currently depend on a $75.0 million line of credit facility with a financial institution to finance our purchases of Contracts and fund our direct loans. This line of credit currently has a maturity date of November 30, 2004 and is secured by substantially all our assets. At December 31, 2003, we had approximately $66.0 million outstanding under the line of credit and approximately $9.0 million available for additional borrowing. We will use the net proceeds to us from this offering to reduce the amount outstanding under our line of credit; however, we will continue to depend on the availability of our line of credit, together with cash from operations, to finance our future operations. We are currently negotiating to increase our line of credit to $85.0 million and to extend the maturity date to November 30, 2006. Our inability to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms could adversely impact our ability to grow.

      The availability of our credit facility depends, in part, on factors outside of our control, including regulatory capital treatment for unfunded bank lines of credit and the availability of bank loans in general. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that this credit facility will continue to be available beyond the current maturity date on reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to renew or replace our credit facility or find alternative financing at reasonable rates, we may be forced to liquidate.

The terms of our indebtedness impose significant restrictions on us.

      Our existing outstanding indebtedness restricts our ability to, among other things:

  •  sell or transfer assets;
 
  •  incur additional debt;
 
  •  repay other debt;
 
  •  pay dividends;
 
  •  make certain investments or acquisitions;
 
  •  repurchase or redeem capital stock;
 
  •  engage in mergers or consolidations; and
 
  •  engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates.

      In addition, our line of credit facility requires us to comply with certain financial ratios and covenants and to satisfy specified financial tests, including maintenance of asset quality and portfolio performance tests. Our ability to continue to meet those financial ratios and tests could be affected by events beyond our control. Failure to meet any of these covenants, financial ratios or financial tests could result in an event of default under our credit facility. If an event of default occurs under our line of credit facility, the lender may take one or more of the following actions:

  •  increase our borrowing costs;
 
  •  restrict our ability to obtain additional borrowings under the facility;
 
  •  accelerate all amounts outstanding under the facility; or
 
  •  enforce its interests against collateral pledged under the facility.

      If our lender accelerates our debt payments, our assets may not be sufficient to fully repay the debt.

5


Table of Contents

We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness and meet our other liquidity needs.

      Our ability to make payments on or to refinance our indebtedness and to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures depends on our future operating performance. Our primary cash requirements include the funding of:

  •  Contract purchases and direct loans;
 
  •  interest payments under our line of credit facility and other indebtedness;
 
  •  capital expenditures for technology and facilities;
 
  •  ongoing operating expenses;
 
  •  planned expansions by opening additional branch offices; and
 
  •  any required income tax payments.

      In addition, because we expect to continue to require substantial amounts of cash for the foreseeable future, we may seek additional debt or equity financing. The type, timing and terms of the financing we select will be dependent upon our cash needs, the availability of other financing sources and the prevailing conditions in the financial markets. There is no assurance that any of these sources will be available to us at any given time or that the terms on which these sources may be available will be favorable. Our inability to obtain such additional financing could adversely impact our ability to grow.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

      We currently have a substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness. Our ability to make payments on, or to refinance, our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance, including our ability to access additional debt and equity financing, which, to a certain extent, is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control.

      Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences for our business. For example,

  •  we may be unable to satisfy our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness;
 
  •  we may find it more difficult to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and general corporate needs;
 
  •  we may have to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash resources to the payments on our outstanding indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for operations and future business opportunities; and
 
  •  we may be more vulnerable to adverse general economic and industry conditions.

      We may incur substantial additional debt in the future. If new debt is added to our current levels, the risks described above could intensify.

We may experience high delinquency rates in our loan portfolios, which could reduce our profitability.

      Our profitability depends, to a material extent, on the performance of Contracts that we purchase. Historically, we have experienced higher delinquency rates than traditional financial institutions because a large portion of our loans are to non-prime borrowers, who are unable to obtain financing from traditional sources due to their credit history. Although we attempt to mitigate these high credit risks with our underwriting standards and collection procedures, these standards and procedures may not offer adequate protection against the risk of default. In the event of a default, the collateral value of the financed vehicle usually does not cover the outstanding loan balance and costs of recovery. Higher than anticipated delinquencies and defaults on our Contracts would reduce our profitability.

6


Table of Contents

      In addition, in the event we were to make any bulk purchases of seasoned Contracts, we may experience higher than normal delinquency rates with respect to these loan portfolios due to our inability to apply our underwriting standards to each loan comprising the acquired portfolios. We would similarly attempt to mitigate the high credit risks associated with these loans, although no assurances can be given that we would be able to do so.

We depend upon our relationships with our dealers.

      Our business depends in large part upon our ability to establish and maintain relationships with reputable dealers who originate the Contracts we purchase. Although we believe we have been successful in developing and maintaining such relationships, such relationships are not exclusive, and many of them are not longstanding. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in maintaining such relationships or increasing the number of dealers with whom we do business, or that our existing dealer base will continue to generate a volume of Contracts comparable to the volume of such Contracts historically generated by such dealers.

Our success depends upon our ability to implement our business strategy.

      Our financial position depends on management’s ability to execute our business strategy. Key factors involved in the execution of our business strategy include achievement of the desired Contract purchase volume, the use of effective risk management techniques and collection methods, continued investment in technology to support operating efficiency and continued access to significant funding and liquidity sources. Our failure or inability to execute any element of our business strategy could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

Our business is highly dependent upon general economic conditions.

      During periods of economic slowdown or recession, delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses generally increase. These periods also may be accompanied by decreased consumer demand for automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding loans, which weakens collateral coverage on our loans and increases the amount of a loss we would experience in the event of default. Significant increases in the inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which repossessed automobiles are sold or delay the timing of these sales. Because we focus on non-prime borrowers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced in the general automobile finance industry and could be more dramatically affected by a general economic downturn. In addition, during an economic slowdown or recession, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our servicing income. While we seek to manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our underwriting criteria and collection methods, no assurance can be given that these criteria or methods will afford adequate protection against these risks. Any sustained period of increased delinquencies, defaults, repossessions or losses or increased servicing costs could adversely affect our financial condition.

Decreased auction proceeds resulting from the depressed prices at which used automobiles may be sold during periods of economic slowdown or recession will reduce our profitability.

      If we repossess a vehicle securing a Contract, we typically have it transported to an automobile auction for sale. Auction proceeds from the sale of repossessed vehicles and other recoveries are usually not sufficient to cover the outstanding balance of the Contract, and the resulting deficiency is charged off. In addition, there is, on average, approximately a 30-day lapse between the time we repossess a vehicle and the time it is sold by a dealer or at auction. Furthermore, depressed wholesale prices for used automobiles may result from significant liquidations of rental or fleet inventories, and from increased volume of trade-ins due to promotional financing programs offered by new vehicle manufacturers. During periods of economic slowdown or recession, decreased auction proceeds resulting from the depressed prices at which used automobiles may be sold will result in our experiencing higher credit losses.

7


Table of Contents

An increase in market interest rates may reduce our profitability.

      Our long-term profitability may be directly affected by the level of and fluctuations in interest rates. Sustained, significant increases in interest rates may adversely affect our liquidity and profitability by reducing the interest rate spread between the rate of interest we receive on our Contracts and interest rates that we pay under our outstanding line of credit facility. As interest rates increase, our gross interest rate spread on new originations will generally decline since the rates charged on the Contracts originated or purchased from dealers generally are limited by statutory maximums, restricting our opportunity to pass on increased interest costs. We monitor the interest rate environment and have entered into interest rate swap agreements relating to a significant portion of our outstanding debt with maturities ranging from October 5, 2004 through May 19, 2008. Each of these agreements effectively converts a portion of our floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on our interest expense. These interest rate swap agreements may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates and we may not be able to enter into such agreements in the future.

Our growth depends upon our ability to retain and attract a sufficient number of qualified employees.

      To a large extent, our growth strategy depends on the opening of new offices that will focus primarily on purchasing Contracts and making direct loans in markets we have not previously served. Future expansion of our office network depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified and experienced office managers and the ability of such managers to develop relationships with dealers that serve those markets. We generally do not open new offices until we have located and hired a qualified and experienced individual to manage the office. Typically, this individual will be familiar with local market conditions and have existing relationships with dealers in the area to be served. Although we believe that we can attract and retain qualified and experienced personnel as we proceed with planned expansion into new markets, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in doing so. Competition to hire personnel possessing the skills and experience required by us could contribute to an increase in our employee turnover rate. High turnover or an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our origination, delinquency, default and net loss rates and, ultimately, our financial condition.

The loss of one of our key executives could have a material adverse effect on our business.

      Our growth and development to date have been largely dependent upon the services of Peter L. Vosotas, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Ralph T. Finkenbrink, our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President — Finance. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on these executives. Although we believe that we have sufficient additional experienced management personnel to accommodate the loss of any key executive, the loss of services of one or both of these executives could have a material adverse effect on us.

If we have to force-place insurance on vehicles secured by our Contracts, we may not be able to recover the premium payments for such insurance.

      We may force-place a physical damage insurance policy on any vehicle subject to one of our Contracts for which the customer has failed to obtain or maintain a physical damage insurance policy. In such event, we will advance the premium payment for such force-placed insurance and require the insurer to pay any proceeds of such policy directly to us. Although the principal balance of the Contract secured by the financed vehicle to which such premium relates will be increased by the amount of such premium, we may not be able to collect such increased principal balance from the customer. If we have to force-place insurance on a significant number of vehicles, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

8


Table of Contents

We are subject to risks associated with litigation.

      As a consumer finance company, we are subject to various consumer claims and litigation seeking damages and statutory penalties, based upon, among other things:

  •  usury laws;
 
  •  disclosure inaccuracies;
 
  •  wrongful repossession;
 
  •  violations of bankruptcy stay provisions;
 
  •  certificate of title disputes;
 
  •  fraud;
 
  •  breach of contract; and
 
  •  discriminatory treatment of credit applicants.

      Some litigation against us could take the form of class action complaints by consumers. As the assignee of Contracts originated by dealers, we may also be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against dealers. The damages and penalties claimed by consumers in these types of actions can be substantial. The relief requested by the plaintiffs varies but may include requests for compensatory, statutory and punitive damages. No assurances can be given that we will not experience material financial losses in the future as a result of litigation and other legal proceedings.

We are subject to many laws and governmental regulations, and any material violations of or changes in these laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.

      Our financing operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances. Additionally, the procedures that we must follow in connection with the repossession of vehicles securing Contracts are regulated by each of the states in which we do business. The various federal, state and local statutes, regulations, and ordinances applicable to our business govern, among other things:

  •  licensing requirements;
 
  •  requirements for maintenance of proper records;
 
  •  payment of required fees to certain states;
 
  •  maximum interest rates that may be charged on loans to finance new and used vehicles;
 
  •  debt collection practices;
 
  •  proper disclosure to customers regarding financing terms;
 
  •  privacy regarding certain customer data;
 
  •  interest rates on loans to customers serving in the military;
 
  •  telephone solicitation of direct loan customers; and
 
  •  collection of debts from loan customers who have filed bankruptcy.

      We believe that we maintain all material licenses and permits required for our current operations and are in substantial compliance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations. Our failure, or failure by dealers who originate the Contracts we purchase, to maintain all requisite licenses and permits, and to comply with other regulatory requirements, could result in consumers having rights of rescission and other remedies that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Furthermore, any changes in applicable laws, rules and regulations may make our compliance therewith more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.

9


Table of Contents

Our ability to pay cash dividends is restricted by our line of credit.

      In August, 2003, we announced an annual cash dividend of $0.10 per share of common stock, payable semi-annually. We paid our first cash dividend of $0.05 per share in September, 2003. On March 22, 2004, we will pay a cash dividend of $0.05 per share to shareholders of record as of March 8, 2004. We intend to continue to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, provided our future earnings meet expectations. While we are not restricted by our Articles from declaring dividends, our line of credit prohibits the payment of cash dividends without written approval from our consortium of lenders. Our ability to receive the necessary approvals is largely dependent upon our portfolio performance, and no assurances can be given that we will be able to obtain the necessary approvals in the future.

Our Chief Executive Officer and certain members of the Mahan family hold a significant percentage of our common stock and may take actions adverse to your interests.

      Peter L. Vosotas, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, and certain members of the Mahan family, including Marvin and Ingrid Mahan, their adult children and certain entities controlled by them, will own approximately 16.2% and 12.5%, respectively, of our common stock following this offering. As a result, they may be able to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations and sales of assets. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our common stock to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such transaction.

Our stock is not heavily traded, which may limit your ability to resell your shares.

      The average daily trading volume of our shares on the Nasdaq SmallCap System for the twelve months ended March 31, 2004 was approximately 7,100 shares. Thus, our common stock is thinly traded. Thinly traded stock can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market. Factors such as our financial results, the introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors, and various factors affecting the consumer-finance industry generally may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock. On April 7, 2004, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market. Despite this fact, we cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. In recent years, the stock market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stocks of many companies have experienced wide price fluctuations that have not necessarily been related to their operating performance. Therefore, our shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire.

We operate in a competitive market.

      The non-prime consumer-finance industry is highly competitive. There are numerous financial service companies that provide consumer credit in the markets served by us, including banks, credit unions, other consumer finance companies and captive finance companies owned by automobile manufacturers and retailers. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial resources than us. In addition, our competitors often provide financing on terms more favorable to automobile purchasers or dealers than we offer. Many of these competitors also have long-standing relationships with automobile dealerships and may offer dealerships or their customers other forms of financing, including dealer floor-plan financing and leasing, which are not provided by us. Providers of non-prime consumer financing have traditionally competed primarily on the basis of:

  •  interest rates charged;
 
  •  the quality of credit accepted;
 
  •  the flexibility of loan terms offered; and
 
  •  the quality of service provided.

10


Table of Contents

      Our ability to compete effectively with other companies offering similar financing arrangements depends on maintaining close relationships with dealers of new and used vehicles. We may not be able to compete successfully in this market or against these competitors.

      We have focused on a segment of the market composed of consumers who typically do not meet the more stringent credit requirements of traditional consumer financing sources and whose needs, as a result, have not been addressed consistently by such financing sources. If, however, other providers of consumer financing were to assert a significantly greater effort to penetrate our targeted market segment, we may have to reduce our interest rates and fees in order to maintain our market share. Any reduction in our interest rates or fees could have an adverse impact on our profitability.

We may experience problems with our integrated computer systems or be unable to keep pace with developments in technology.

      We use various technologies in our business, including telecommunication, data processing, and integrated computer systems. Technology changes rapidly. Our ability to compete successfully with other financing companies may depend on whether we can exploit technological changes. We may not be able to exploit technological changes, and any investment we make may not make us more profitable.

      We utilize integrated computer systems to respond to customer inquiries and to monitor the performance of our Contract and direct loan portfolios and the performance of individual customers under our Contracts and direct loans. Problems with our systems’ operations could adversely impact our ability to monitor our portfolios or collect amounts due under our Contracts and direct loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      Some discussions in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We caution you to be aware of the speculative nature of “forward-looking statements.” Statements that are not historical in nature, including the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although these statements reflect our good faith belief based on current expectations, estimates and projections about (among other things) the industry and the markets in which we operate, they are not guarantees of future performance. Whether actual results will conform to our expectations and predictions is subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risks and uncertainties discussed in this prospectus; general economic, market, or business conditions; changes in interest rates, the cost of funds, and demand for our financial services; changes in our competitive position; our ability to manage growth; the opportunities that may be presented to and pursued by us; competitive actions by other companies; changes in laws or regulations; changes in the policies of federal or state regulators and agencies; and other circumstances, many of which are beyond our control. Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us or our business or operations. Except as required by applicable laws, we do not intend to publish updates or revisions of any forward-looking statements we make to reflect new information, future events or otherwise.

USE OF PROCEEDS

      The net proceeds to us from the sale of 1,500,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering (after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering payable by us) are estimated to be approximately $13.8 million ($17.2 million if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), based upon an assumed offering price of $10.18 per share (the last reported sale price as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market on April 6, 2004). We intend to use the

11


Table of Contents

proceeds from this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our existing $75.0 million line of credit facility. As of December 31, 2003, the aggregate amount outstanding under this line of credit facility was approximately $66.0 million and the average cost of funds (after giving effect to our interest rate swap agreements) was 5.73% per annum for the nine-months ended as of such date. We are currently negotiating to increase our line of credit to $85.0 million and to extend the maturity date to November 30, 2006, although no assurances can be given that we will be able to do so.

      The foregoing represents our anticipated use of the net proceeds of this offering based upon the current status of our business operations, our current plans and current economic conditions. A change in the use of proceeds or timing of such use will be at our discretion. Pending their longer-term use, the net proceeds from this offering may be invested in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities.

      We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling shareholders. The net proceeds to the selling shareholders from the sale of 900,000 shares of common stock offered by them in this offering (after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions payable by the selling shareholders) are estimated to be approximately $8.5 million, based upon an assumed offering price of $10.18 per share.

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each selling shareholder as of March 24, 2004, the number of shares of common stock being offered pursuant to this offering for such selling shareholder’s account and the number of shares of common stock and, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 24, 2004, the percentage of the outstanding shares of common stock that will be beneficially owned by such selling shareholder if all of the shares of common stock being offered pursuant to this offering by that shareholder are sold (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option). One of the selling shareholders, Peter L. Vosotas, is the Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company.

      Some of the selling shareholders either have or have had a material relationship with us within the past three years. On June 30, 2001, we issued 44,444 shares of our common stock to the Roger T. Mahan Grantor Trust (the “Grantor Trust”) pursuant to the Grantor Trust’s exercise of its conversion right under a Convertible Promissory Note, dated June 30, 1995 (the “Grantor Trust Note”), issued by us in favor of the Grantor Trust. The aggregate principal amount of the Grantor Trust Note was $200,000 and the maturity date was June 30, 2001. The conversion price was $4.50 per share. As a result of such conversion, the Grantor Trust Note was cancelled. We issued shares of our common stock in this transaction pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The above transaction, if adjusted for our two-for-one common stock dividend effected in September, 2001, would have resulted in the issuance of 88,888 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $2.25 per share.

      On August 9, 2001, we issued 111,111 shares of our common stock to Mahan Family, LLC (the “Family LLC”) pursuant to the Family LLC’s exercise of its conversion right under a Convertible Promissory Note, dated November 30, 1992 (the “Family LLC Note”), issued by us in favor of the Family LLC. The aggregate principal amount of the Family LLC Note was $500,000 and the maturity date was November 30, 2001, subject to certain prepayment rights granted to us thereunder. Pursuant to such rights, we gave notice on July 10, 2001 that we intended to prepay the Family LLC Note in full. Under the terms of the Family LLC Note, this notification entitled the Family LLC to convert the note into shares of our common stock, at a conversion price of $4.50 per share. As result of such conversion, the Family LLC Note was cancelled. We issued shares of our common stock in this transaction pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The above transaction, if adjusted for our two-for-one common stock dividend effected in September, 2001, would have resulted in the issuance of 222,222 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $2.25 per share.

      In addition, we are indebted to Peter Vosotas, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, for amounts totaling approximately $681,500 (as of March 31, 2004). These promissory

12


Table of Contents

notes are due upon thirty-day demand and carry an interest rate equal to our average cost of funds plus twenty-five basis points. The amount of these notes can change from time to time but cannot exceed $1,000,000 without the approval of our Board of Directors and the Audit Committee thereof.
                                         
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering Shares Owned After Offering

Being
Name Shares Percent Offered Shares Percent






Peter L. Vosotas
    1,591,156 (1)     30.4 %     500,000       1,091,156       16.2 %
Marvin & Ingrid Mahan
    45,664 (2)     *       45,664              
Mahan Children, LLC
    392,764 (3)     7.7       125,000       267,764       4.1  
Mahan Family, LLC
    473,818 (4)     9.3       111,450       362,368       5.5  
Grenma, Inc. 
    160,666 (5)     3.2       50,000       110,666       1.7  
Roger Mahan
    112,220 (6)     2.2       32,220       80,000       1.2  
Kenneth & Nancy Ernst
    36,066 (7)     *       35,666       400       *  
Total
                    900,000                  


* Less than 1%.
 
(1)  Includes 35,955 shares owned directly by Mr. Vosotas, 1,381,112 shares held in family trusts over which Mr. Vosotas retains voting and investment power and 24,089 shares held by Mr. Vosotas’ spouse. Also includes 150,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. The Peter L. Vosotas Trust, which currently holds 1,189,212 shares, is offering 500,000 shares pursuant to the offering.
 
(2)  Marvin H. Mahan and Ingrid T. Mahan are husband and wife. Includes 33,998 shares owned directly by Marvin J. Mahan and 11,666 shares owned directly by Ingrid T. Mahan. Marvin H. Mahan is the sole director and Ingrid T. Mahan is the sole shareholder of Grenma, Inc., and each may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Grenma Inc.
 
(3)  Mahan Children, LLC is a New Jersey limited liability company. Roger Mahan, Nancy Ernst and Gary Mahan, the adult children of Marvin H. Mahan and Ingrid T. Mahan, are the sole equity holders and managers of Mahan Children, LLC, and each may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Mahan Children, LLC.
 
(4)  Mahan Family, LLC is a New Jersey limited liability company. Roger Mahan, Nancy Ernst and Gary Mahan are each equity holders in and the sole managers of Mahan Family, LLC, and each may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Mahan Family, LLC.
 
(5)  Grenma, Inc. is a U.S. Virgin Island corporation. Marvin H. Mahan and Ingrid T. Mahan each may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Grenma Inc. See footnote (2) above.
 
(6)  Includes 23,332 shares owned directly by Roger Mahan and 88,888 shares owned by the Grantor Trust. Roger Mahan may also be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Mahan Family, LLC and Mahan Children, LLC. See footnotes (3) and (4) above. Of the 32,220 shares being offered by Roger Mahan, 23,332 shares are owned directly by Roger Mahan and 8,888 shares are owned by the Grantor Trust.
 
(7)  Kenneth Ernst and Nancy Ernst are husband and wife. Includes 35,666 shares owned jointly by Kenneth and Nancy Ernst and 400 shares owned by their minor son. Kenneth and Nancy Ernst may also be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares owned by Mahan Family, LLC and Mahan Children, LLC. See footnotes (3) and (4) above.

13


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2003: (1) on an actual basis; and (2) on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 1,500,000 shares of common stock offered by the Company in this offering, less the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses, at an assumed offering price of $10.18 per share, and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See “Use of Proceeds.” This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

                 
December 31, 2003(1)

Actual As Adjusted(2)


Debt:
               
Line of credit
  $ 66,010,290     $ 52,209,190  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, no par: 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
           
Common stock, no par; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,069,688 shares outstanding; 6,569,688 shares outstanding as adjusted
    4,696,014       18,497,114  
Other comprehensive loss
    (841,045 )     (841,045 )
Retained earnings
    22,254,288       22,254,288  
     
     
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    26,109,257       39,910,357  
     
     
 
Total capitalization
    92,119,547       92,119,547  
     
     
 
Book value per share (3)
  $ 5.15     $ 6.07  


(1)  This table excludes 548,066 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at December 31, 2003, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.42 per share.
 
(2)  If the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, common stock and total shareholders’ equity would be $21,905,378 and $43,318,621, respectively.
 
(3)  Actual book value per share equals total shareholders’ equity of $26,109,257, divided by 5,069,688 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003. Book value per share as adjusted equals total shareholders’ equity of $39,910,357 (assuming net proceeds of this offering to us of $13,801,100), divided by 6,569,688 shares (assuming issuance and sale by us of 1,500,000 shares).

14


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

      On April 7, 2004, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NICK.” Our common stock was traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap System under the symbol “NICK” through April 6, 2004. The table below sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low bid prices of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market. These over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices and do not include retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

                 
High Low


Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004:
               
Fourth quarter
  $ 9.46     $ 7.61  
Third quarter
    8.80       5.60  
Second quarter
    7.57       4.77  
First quarter
    5.22       3.40  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2003:
               
Fourth quarter
    4.06       3.62  
Third quarter
    4.28       3.50  
Second quarter
    5.30       4.00  
First quarter
    6.15       3.80  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2002:
               
Fourth quarter
    4.60       3.80  
Third quarter
    4.65       3.61  
Second quarter
    5.56       3.10  
First quarter
    3.69       2.31  

      On April 6, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap System was $10.18 per share. At February 13, 2004, there were 1,054 holders of our common stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      In August, 2003, our Board of Directors announced an annual cash dividend of $0.10 per share of common stock, payable semi-annually. We paid our first cash dividend of $0.05 per share in September, 2003, and our second cash dividend of $0.05 per share in March, 2004. We intend to continue to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, provided our future earnings meet expectations. Any payment of future cash dividends and the amounts thereof will be dependent upon our earnings, financial requirements, requirements of our lenders and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Our line of credit facility prohibits the payment of dividends without the written approval of our consortium of lenders. Our ability to receive the necessary approvals is largely dependent upon our portfolio performance, and no assurances can be given that we will be able to obtain the necessary approvals in the future.

      There are no Canadian foreign exchange controls or laws that would affect the remittance of dividends or other payments to our non-Canadian resident shareholders. There are no Canadian laws that restrict the export or import of capital, other than the Investment Canada Act (Canada), which requires the notification or review of certain investments by non-Canadians to establish or acquire control of a Canadian business. We are not a “Canadian business” as defined under the Investment Canada Act, because we have no place of business in Canada, have no individuals employed in Canada in connection with our business, and have no assets in Canada used in carrying on our business.

      Canada and the United States of America are signatories to the Canada-United States Tax Convention Act, 1984 (the “Tax Treaty”). The Tax Treaty contains provisions governing the tax treatment of interest, dividends, gains and royalties paid to or received by a person residing in the United States. The

15


Table of Contents

Tax Treaty also contains provisions to prevent the occurrence of double taxation, essentially by permitting the taxpayer to claim a tax credit for taxes paid in the foreign jurisdiction.

      Dividends paid to us from our U.S. subsidiaries’ current and accumulated earnings and profits will be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 5%. The gross dividends (i.e., before payment of the withholding tax) must be included in our net income. However, under certain circumstances, we may be allowed to deduct the dividends in the calculation of our Canadian taxable income. If we have no other foreign (i.e., non-Canadian) non-business income, no relief is available in that case to recover the withholding taxes previously paid.

      A 15% Canadian withholding tax applies to dividends paid by us to a U.S. shareholder that is an individual. The U.S. shareholder must include the gross amount of the dividends in his net income to be taxed at the regular rates. A foreign tax credit will be available to the extent of the lesser of:

        (i) withholding taxes paid (up to a maximum of 15% of certain foreign income from property); and
 
        (ii) the U.S. taxes payable in respect to that foreign income.

      Alternatively, an individual can claim the foreign withholding taxes paid as a deduction in the computation of income for tax purposes. If the withholding taxes paid exceed 15% of the foreign income from property, such excess must be deducted in computing net income.

      Dividends paid to a corporate U.S. shareholder that owns less than 10% of our voting shares are also subject to a Canadian withholding tax of 15%.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

      The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2004, with respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance:

                         
Number of Securities
Number of Remaining Available
Securities to be for Future Issuance
Issued Upon Weighted-Average Under Equity
Exercise of Exercise Price of Compensation Plans
Outstanding Outstanding (Excluding Securities
Options, Warrants Options, Warrants Reflected in
Plan Category and Rights and Rights Column(a)




(a) (b) (c)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders
   
565,466
      $2.83      
374,534
 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders
   
None
      Not Applicable      
None
 
TOTAL
   
565,466
      $2.83      
374,534
 
     
     
     
 

16


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial information and other financial data. The selected balance sheet and statement of income data, insofar as they relate to the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Ernst & Young LLP audited our consolidated financial statements for each of those fiscal years. Effective December 3, 2003, we engaged the accounting firm of Crisp Hughes Evans LLP as our new independent auditors. Effective March 1, 2004, Crisp Hughes Evans LLP merged with Dixon Odom PLLC, with the combined firm now known as Dixon Hughes PLLC. On March 3, 2004, we engaged Dixon Hughes PLLC as our independent auditors, effective as of the foregoing merger. See “Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.” The selected consolidated financial data for the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, have been included. This information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results for past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period, and results for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full fiscal year ending March 31, 2004.

                                                           
At and for the Nine Months
Ended December 31, At and for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999







(unaudited)
Statement of Income Data:
                                                       
Revenue:
                                                       
 
Finance revenue
  $ 18,397,452     $ 16,075,736     $ 22,048,535     $ 19,852,758     $ 17,386,318     $ 13,557,371     $ 9,922,689  
 
Sales
    192,755       254,165       328,340       365,367       410,708       517,445       495,849  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
      18,590,207       16,329,901       22,376,875       20,218,125       17,797,026       14,074,816       10,418,538  
Expenses:
                                                       
 
Cost of sales
    39,145       62,685       83,904       78,615       84,870       90,471       102,368  
 
Marketing
    653,282       481,729       654,569       565,626       445,869       396,307       369,968  
 
Administrative
    7,235,719       6,108,890       8,460,662       7,302,275       6,356,555       5,225,373       3,950,839  
 
Provision for credit losses
    1,617,028       1,677,758       2,213,859       1,912,918       1,470,744       1,069,719       940,922  
 
Depreciation
    162,218       130,000       190,257       189,733       145,567       91,049       90,005  
 
Interest expense
    2,905,747       2,955,671       3,936,042       3,898,400       3,761,689       2,771,100       2,358,838  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
      12,613,139       11,416,733       15,539,293       13,947,567       12,265,294       9,644,019       7,812,940  
Operating income before income taxes
    5,977,068       4,913,168       6,837,582       6,270,558       5,531,732       4,430,797       2,605,598  
Income tax expense:
                                                       
 
Current
    3,356,708       2,667,527       3,884,386       2,195,841       2,075,855       1,694,061       1,327,520  
 
Deferred
    (1,100,546 )     (832,845 )     (1,328,198 )     142,578       45,000       159,168       (324,278 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
      2,256,162       1,834,682       2,556,188       2,338,419       2,120,855       1,853,229       1,003,242  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486     $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139     $ 3,410,877     $ 2,577,568     $ 1,602,356  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share:
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.74     $ 0.62     $ 0.86     $ 0.81     $ 0.73     $ 0.55     $ 0.34  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.69     $ 0.58     $ 0.81     $ 0.75     $ 0.68     $ 0.50     $ 0.32  
Weighted average shares:
                                                       
 
Basic
    5,036,730       5,004,470       5,004,055       4,869,078       4,673,198       4,704,572       4,715,968  
 
Diluted
    5,395,815       5,312,077       5,299,206       5,263,966       5,137,732       5,312,630       5,245,564  
Dividends declared
  $ 0.10                                      

17


Table of Contents

                                                         
At and for the Nine Months
Ended December 31, At and for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999







(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Finance receivables, net
  $ 92,835,072     $ 81,747,124     $ 86,178,112     $ 76,067,387     $ 65,040,868     $ 52,015,107     $ 39,923,471  
Total assets
    99,677,476       85,100,957       90,036,928       77,948,882       67,329,364       54,135,378       42,257,014  
Line of credit
    66,010,290       57,333,426       60,160,238       53,273,426       47,823,426       38,414,549       29,964,549  
Total liabilities
    73,568,219       64,894,178       67,946,488       59,512,549       52,901,513       43,008,094       33,716,313  
Total shareholders’ equity
    26,109,257       20,206,779       22,090,440       18,436,333       14,427,851       11,127,284       8,540,701  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
Weighted average contractual rate(1)
    24.02 %     24.21 %     24.31 %     24.65 %     24.77 %     24.76 %     24.68 %
Average cost of borrowed funds(2)
    6.03 %     6.93 %     6.86 %     7.66 %     8.15 %     8.03 %     8.45 %
Gross portfolio yield(3)
    22.25 %     22.20 %     22.54 %     23.53 %     23.79 %     24.64 %     22.77 %
Net portfolio yield(4)
    16.78 %     15.80 %     16.26 %     16.64 %     16.63 %     17.66 %     15.20 %
Return on shareholders’ equity(5)
    20.59 %     21.24 %     21.13 %     23.93 %     26.69 %     26.21 %     20.65 %


(1)  Weighted average contractual rate represents the weighted average annual percentage rate (APR) of all Contracts purchased and direct loans originated during the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
 
(2)  Average cost of borrowed funds represents interest expense as a percentage of average indebtedness.
 
(3)  Gross portfolio yield represents finance revenue as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(4)  Net portfolio yield represents finance revenue minus (a) interest expense and (b) the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(5)  Return on shareholders’ equity represents net income divided by average total shareholders’ equity during the period.

  Note: For comparability purposes, all nine-month key performance indicators expressed as percentages have been annualized.

18


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We are a Canadian holding company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia in 1986. We conduct our business activities through two wholly-owned Florida corporations: Nicholas Financial, which purchases and services Contracts, makes direct loans and sells consumer-finance related products; and NDS, which supports and updates certain computer application software. Nicholas Financial accounted for approximately 99% and 99% of our consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003, respectively.

      Our consolidated revenues increased for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 to $22.4 million and $18.6 million, respectively, from $20.2 million and $16.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively. Our consolidated net income increased for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 to $4.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, from $3.9 million and $3.1 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively. Our earnings were favorably impacted by an increase in our outstanding loan portfolio, a reduction in our average cost of borrowed funds and a reduction in our charge-off rate.

Portfolio Summary

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




(Dollars in thousands)
Average finance receivables, net of unearned interest(1)
  $ 110,249     $ 96,555     $ 97,807     $ 84,389  
     
     
     
     
 
Average indebtedness(2)
    64,243       56,900       57,336       50,908  
     
     
     
     
 
Finance revenue(3)
    18,397       16,076       22,049       19,853  
Interest expense
    2,906       2,956       3,936       3,898  
     
     
     
     
 
Net finance revenue
    15,492       13,120       18,112       15,954  
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average contractual rate(4)
    24.02%       24.21%       24.31%       24.65%  
     
     
     
     
 
Average cost of borrowed funds(2)
    6.03%       6.93%       6.86%       7.66%  
     
     
     
     
 
Gross portfolio yield(5)
    22.25%       22.20%       22.54%       23.53%  
Interest expense as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest
    3.51%       4.08%       4.02%       4.62%  
Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest
    1.96%       2.32%       2.26%       2.27%  
     
     
     
     
 
Net portfolio yield(5)
    16.78%       15.80%       16.26%       16.64%  
Operating expenses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest(6)
    9.51%       8.88%       9.25%       9.19%  
     
     
     
     
 
Pre-tax yield as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest(7)
    7.27%       6.92%       7.01%       7.45%  
     
     
     
     
 
Write-off to liquidation(8)
    9.12%       9.88%       9.32%       8.62%  
Net charge-off percentage(9)
    7.79%       8.62%       8.13%       7.63%  

19


Table of Contents


(1)  Average finance receivables, net of unearned interest represents the average of gross finance receivables, less unearned interest throughout the period.
 
(2)  Average indebtedness represents the average outstanding borrowings under the line of credit and notes payable-related party. Average cost of borrowed funds represents interest expense as a percentage of average indebtedness.
 
(3)  Finance revenue does not include revenue generated by NDS.
 
(4)  Weighted average contractual rate represents the weighted average annual percentage rate (APR) of all Contracts purchased and direct loans originated during the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
(5)  Gross portfolio yield represents finance revenues as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest. Net portfolio yield represents finance revenue minus (a) interest expense and (b) the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(6)  Operating expenses represent total expenses, less interest expense, the provision for credit losses and operating costs associated with NDS.
 
(7)  Pre-tax yield represents net portfolio yield minus operating expenses as a percentage of average finance receivables, net of unearned interest.
 
(8)  Write-off to liquidation percentage is defined as net charge-offs divided by liquidation. Liquidation is defined as beginning receivable balance plus current period purchases minus voids and refinances minus ending receivable balance.
 
(9)  Net charge-off percentage represents net charge-offs divided by average finance receivables, net of unearned interest outstanding during the period.

Note: For comparability purposes, all nine-month key performance indicators expressed as percentages have been annualized.

Nine Months Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Nine Months Ended December 31, 2002

 
Interest Income and Loan Portfolio

      Interest income increased 14% to $18.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2003 from $16.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2002. The average finance receivables, net of unearned interest totaled $110.2 million for the period ended December 31, 2003, an increase of 14% from $96.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2002. The primary reason average finance receivables, net of unearned interest increased was the increase in the receivable base of several existing branches and the opening of two additional branch locations. The gross finance receivable balance increased 15% to $147.6 million at December 31, 2003 from $129.0 million at December 31, 2002. The primary reason interest revenue increased was the increase in the outstanding loan portfolio. The gross portfolio yield increased from 22.20% for the period ended December 31, 2002 to 22.25% for the period ended December 31, 2002. The net portfolio yield increased from 15.80% for the period ended December 31, 2002 to 16.78% for the period ended December 31, 2003. The primary reasons for the increase in the net portfolio yield were a decrease in charge-offs, a reduction in the provision for credit losses and a reduction in the cost of borrowed funds for the period ended December 31, 2003. The net charge-off percentage for the period ended December 31, 2003 was 7.79% as compared to 8.62% for the period ended December 31, 2002.

 
Computer Software Business

      Sales for the period ended December 31, 2003 were $192,755 as compared to $254,165 for the period ended December 31, 2002, a decrease of 24%. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenue from the existing customer base during the fiscal year. Cost of sales and operating expenses decreased from $351,059 for the period ended December 31, 2002 to $230,509 for the period ended December 31, 2003.

20


Table of Contents

 
Operating Expenses

      Total expenses, less provision for credit losses, interest expense and costs associated with NDS, increased to $7.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2003 from $6.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2002. This increase of 23% was primarily attributable to the additional staffing of several existing branches, increased general operating expenses and the opening of two additional branch offices. Operating expenses as a percentage of finance receivables, net of unearned interest increased from 8.88% for the period ended December 31, 2002 to 9.51% for the period ended December 31, 2003. The primary reason for this increase was the addition of infrastructure necessary to accommodate growth further away geographically from our corporate headquarters in Clearwater, Florida.

 
Interest Expense

      Interest expense was $2.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2003 as compared to $3.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2002. The average indebtedness for the period ended December 31, 2003 increased to $64.2 million as compared to $56.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2002. The cost associated with this increase in average indebtedness was offset by a decrease in the average cost of outstanding borrowings from 6.93% during the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to 6.03% during the nine months ended December 31, 2003.

Fiscal 2003 Compared to Fiscal 2002

 
Interest Income and Loan Portfolio

      Interest income increased 11% to $22.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 from $19.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. The average finance receivables, net of unearned interest totaled $97.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, an increase of 16% from $84.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. The primary reason average finance receivables, net of unearned interest increased was the increase in the receivable base of several existing branches and the opening of five additional branch locations. The gross finance receivable balance increased 13% to $136.7 million at March 31, 2003 from $120.5 million at March 31, 2002. The primary reason interest revenue increased was the increase in the outstanding loan portfolio. The gross portfolio yield decreased from 23.53% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 22.54% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. The net portfolio yield decreased from 16.64% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 16.26% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003. The primary reason for the decrease in the net portfolio yield was an increase in the net charge-off percentage from 7.63% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 8.13% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

 
Computer Software Business

      Sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 were $328,340 as compared to $365,367 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, a decrease of 10%. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenue from the existing customer base during the fiscal year. Cost of sales and operating expenses decreased from $466,774 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to $426,349 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

 
Operating Expenses

      Total expenses, less provision for credit losses, interest expense and costs associated with NDS, increased to $9.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 from $7.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. This increase of 15% was primarily attributable to the additional staffing of several existing branches, increased general operating expenses and the opening of five additional branch offices. Operating expenses as a percentage of finance receivables, net of unearned interest increased from 9.19% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 9.25% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

21


Table of Contents

 
Interest Expense

      Interest expense was $3.9 million for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The average indebtedness for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 increased to $57.3 million as compared to $50.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. This increase was offset by a decrease in the average cost of outstanding borrowings from 7.66% during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 6.86% during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

 
Contract Procurement

      We purchase Contracts in the states listed in the table below. The Contracts we purchase are predominately for used vehicles; for the periods shown below, less than 3% were new. The average model year collateralizing our portfolio as of March 31, 2003 and 2002 was a 1999 and 1998 vehicle, respectively. The amounts shown in the table below represent our finance receivables, net of unearned interest on Contracts purchased:

                                           
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
Maximum December 31, Ended March 31,
Allowable

State Interest Rate(1) 2003 2002 2003 2002






Florida
    18-30 %(2)   $ 27,210,545     $ 26,790,694     $ 37,230,822     $ 39,591,216  
Georgia
    18-30 %(2)     6,384,776       5,679,668       7,880,717       7,088,402  
North Carolina
    18-29 %(2)     5,548,857       5,694,837       7,618,287       6,911,208  
South Carolina
    (3 )     2,144,234       1,667,627       2,788,167       1,213,691  
Ohio
    25 %     8,453,317       5,373,214       8,484,637       1,766,272  
Virginia
    (3 )     611,901       65,475       134,636       365,079  
Michigan
    25 %     1,665,511             291,994        
             
     
     
     
 
 
Total
          $ 52,019,141     $ 45,271,515     $ 64,429,260     $ 56,935,868  
             
     
     
     
 


(1)  The allowable maximum interest rates by state are subject to change and are governed by the individual states where we conduct business.
 
(2)  The maximum allowable interest rate in each of these states varies depending upon the model year of the vehicle being financed. In addition, Georgia does not currently impose a maximum allowable interest rate with respect to Contracts over $5,000.
 
(3)  Neither of these states currently imposes a maximum allowable interest rate with respect to the types and sizes of Contracts we purchase. The maximum rate which we will currently charge any customer in each of these states is 29% per annum.

      The following table represents information on Contracts purchased by us, net of unearned interest:

                                 
Contracts Purchased
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Purchases
  $ 52,019,141     $ 45,271,515     $ 64,429,260     $ 56,935,868  
Weighted APR
    23.88%       24.11%       24.22%       24.57%  
Average Discount
    8.91%       8.87%       8.91%       8.66%  
Average Term (months)
    43       41       43       41  
Average Loan
  $ 8,128     $ 8,157     $ 8,102     $ 8,230  
Number of Contracts
    6,400       5,550       7,952       6,918  

22


Table of Contents

      The following table represents information on direct loans originated by us, net of unearned interest:

                                 
Direct Loans Originated
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Originations
  $ 2,940,870     $ 2,982,344     $ 3,647,074     $ 4,100,181  
Weighted APR
    26.52%       26.07%       26.29%       26.00%  
Average Term (months)
    26       21       27       29  
Average Loan
  $ 2,844     $ 2,988     $ 2,965     $ 3,203  
Number of Loans
    1,034       998       1,230       1,280  

Analysis of Credit Losses

      Because of the nature of the customers under our Contracts and our direct loan program, we consider the establishment of adequate reserves for credit losses to be imperative. We segregate our Contracts into static pools for purposes of establishing reserves for losses. All Contracts purchased by a branch during a fiscal quarter comprise a static pool. We pool Contracts according to branch location because the branches purchase Contracts in different geographic markets. This method of pooling by branch and fiscal quarter allows us to evaluate the different markets where the branches operate. The static pools also allow us to evaluate the different levels of customer income, stability, credit history, and the types of vehicles purchased in each market. The average static pool consists of 68 Contracts with aggregate finance receivables, net of unearned interest, of approximately $550,000. As of December 31, 2003, we had 469 active static pools.

      Contracts are purchased from many different dealers and are all purchased on an individual Contract by Contract basis. Individual Contract pricing is determined by the automobile dealerships and is generally the lesser of state maximum interest rates or the maximum interest rate at which the customer will accept. In certain markets, competitive forces will drive down Contract rates from the maximum rate to a level where an individual competitor is willing to buy an individual Contract. We only buy Contracts on an individual basis; we never purchase Contracts in batches, although we do consider portfolio acquisitions as part of our growth strategy.

      A dealer discount represents the difference between the finance receivable, net of unearned interest of a Contract, and the amount of money we actually pay for the Contract. The discount we negotiate is a function of the credit quality of the customer and the wholesale value of the vehicle. The automobile dealer accepts these terms by executing a dealer agreement with us. The entire amount of discount is related to credit quality and is considered to be part of the credit loss reserve. We utilize a static pool approach to track portfolio performance. A static pool retains an amount equal to 100% of the discount as a reserve for credit losses. In situations where, at the date of purchase, the discount is determined to be insufficient to absorb all potential losses associated with the static pool, a portion of future unearned income associated with that specific static pool will be added to the reserves for credit losses until total reserves have reached the appropriate level. Subsequent to the purchase, if the reserve for credit losses is determined to be inadequate for a static pool which is not fully liquidated, then a charge to income through the provision for credit losses is used to reestablish adequate reserves. If a static pool is fully liquidated and has any remaining reserves, the excess reserves are immediately recognized into income. For static pools not fully liquidated, that are determined to have excess reserves, such excess amounts are accreted into income over the remaining life of the static pool. Reserves accreted into income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine months ended December 31, 2003 were approximately $2.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as compared to $2.9 million and $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and for the period ended December 31, 2002, respectively. The primary reason for the decrease for fiscal 2003 as compared to fiscal 2002 was an increase in the charge-off rate to 9.32% from 8.62%.

23


Table of Contents

      The amount and timing of reserves accreted into income is a function of individual static pool performance. We have seen deterioration in the performance of the portfolio for static pools more than 80% liquidated when compared to historical pool performance during the same liquidation cycle. We attribute this increase to the gradual shift in recent years towards purchasing “simple interest Contracts” as opposed to “pre-compute Contracts.” This shift towards simple interest Contracts has been dictated by the marketplace and not by us. The difference between the two types of Contracts is as follows: pre-compute Contracts have a stated total interest and cannot be affected by the timeliness or amount of payments received. Two identical Contracts relative to the amount financed, term and annual percentage rate of interest charged (“APR”) will result in different amounts of interest being charged to an individual based on the amount and timing of payments made under the Contract. We know there is a correlation between delinquency and losses and, as a result, simple interest Contracts will have greater principal balances at the time of loss compared to a pre-compute Contract. This greater principal balance at the time of repossession will result in a greater loss subsequent to the sale of the repossessed vehicle.

      We have detailed underwriting guidelines that we utilize to determine which Contracts to purchase. These guidelines are specific and are designed to cause all of the Contracts that we purchase to have common risk characteristics. Our District Managers evaluate their respective branch locations for adherence to these underwriting guidelines. We also utilize an internal audit department to assure adherence to our underwriting guidelines. We utilize the branch model, which allows for Contract purchasing to be done on the branch level. Each Branch Manager may interpret the guidelines differently and, as a result, the common risk characteristics generally will be the same on an individual branch level but not necessarily compared to another branch.

      In analyzing a static pool, we consider the performance of prior static pools originated by the branch office, the performance of prior Contracts purchased from the dealers whose Contracts are included in the current static pool, the credit rating of the customers under the Contracts in the static pool, and current market and economic conditions. Each static pool is analyzed monthly to determine if the loss reserves are adequate, and adjustments are made if they are determined to be necessary.

      We also segregate our direct loans into static pools by branch and fiscal quarter, and use a similar process to analyze credit losses and establish reserves for losses relating to our direct loan portfolio.

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in dealer discounts on Contracts:

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Balance at beginning of period
  $ 12,394,089     $ 11,259,898     $ 11,259,898     $ 10,306,699  
Discounts acquired on new volume
    8,468,596       7,378,298       10,534,472       9,384,892  
Losses absorbed
    (6,668,320 )     (6,786,553 )     (8,401,071 )     (6,536,368 )
Recoveries
    838,396       805,170       1,068,556       886,451  
Discounts accreted
    (1,439,542 )     (1,415,651 )     (2,067,766 )     (2,781,776 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 13,593,219     $ 11,241,162     $ 12,394,089     $ 11,259,898  
     
     
     
     
 
Dealer discounts as a percent of gross indirect contracts
    9.50%       9.05%       9.37%       9.73%  
     
     
     
     
 

24


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on Contracts:

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Balance at beginning of period
  $ 5,428,681     $ 4,105,174     $ 4,105,174     $ 3,145,470  
Current period provision
    1,409,321       1,457,387       1,911,855       1,728,786  
Losses absorbed
    (726,670 )     (231,933 )     (588,348 )     (769,082 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 6,111,332     $ 5,330,628     $ 5,428,681     $ 4,105,174  
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance as a percent of gross indirect contracts
    4.27%       4.29%       4.10%       3.55%  
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on direct loans:

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Balance at beginning of period
  $ 176,126     $ 200,612     $ 200,612     $ 319,545  
Current period provision
    207,707       220,371       302,004       184,132  
Losses absorbed
    (138,974 )     (156,982 )     (208,802 )     (177,012 )
Recoveries
    22,627       24,052       29,372       15,676  
Reserves accreted
    (93,535 )     (70,358 )     (147,060 )     (141,729 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 173,951     $ 217,695     $ 176,126     $ 200,612  
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance as a percent of gross direct loan receivables
    3.83%       4.58%       4.04%       4.20%  
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table summarizes the total amounts of Discounts and Allowances for both Contracts and direct loans:

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Total Discounts and Allowances at end of period
  $ 19,878,501     $ 16,789,485     $ 17,998,896     $ 15,565,684  
     
     
     
     
 
Discounts and Allowances as a percent of gross receivables
    13.46%       13.02%       13.17%       12.92%  
     
     
     
     
 

      The average dealer discount associated with new volume has remained relatively consistent over the past several years. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, the average discount was 8.91% and 8.66%, respectively, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the average discount was 8.91% and 8.87%, respectively. We do not consider these changes to be material, and such changes are not the result of any change in buying philosophy or competition.

      The provision for credit losses increased to $2.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 from $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the net finance receivable balance from $76.1 million at March 31, 2002 to $86.2 million at March 31, 2003. To a lesser extent, the provision for credit losses increased as a result of certain static pools reaching reserve levels below our estimates to absorb future credit losses. In these instances, our increased reserves related to specific static pools through a direct charge to income through the provision for credit losses. For the nine months ended December 31, 2003, the provision for credit losses decreased to $1.6 million as compared to $1.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002.

25


Table of Contents

      Our write-offs as a percentage of liquidation increased from 8.62% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 to 9.32% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003. Our write-offs as a percentage of liquidation decreased from 9.88% for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002 to 9.12% for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003. In response to current economic conditions, we have raised our initial target reserve percentage on new static pools to 12.4% from 11.8%. We do not believe there have been any significant variances in loan concentrations, terms or quality of Contracts purchased during these periods that would have contributed to the differing results.

      Recoveries as a percentage of charge-offs were 13.6% and 13.6% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and nine-month period ended December 31, 2003, respectively, as compared to 13.9% and 13.1% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and nine-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively. The decline in recoveries as a percent of losses from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 resulted primarily from difficulties in implementing our loss recovery model in geographic areas further away from our corporate headquarters.

      Reserves accreted into income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 were $2.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as compared to $2.9 million and $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and nine-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively.

      We believe there is a correlation between the unemployment rate and future portfolio performance. We do not expect the U.S. unemployment level to rise or fall significantly in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we do not plan on increasing or decreasing reserves based on the current unemployment rate. The number of voluntary repossessions increased for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, although we experienced stabilization in the number of voluntary repossessions in the fourth quarter ended March 31, 2003. The number of bankruptcy filings decreased slightly in the first six months of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 as compared to the first six months of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002; in contrast, the last six months of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 saw a slight increase in the percentage of bankruptcy filings as compared to the last six months of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. During the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003, voluntary repossessions and bankruptcies decreased slightly as compared to the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002. We believe the current trend will continue and, therefore, that our current reserve levels are adequate for the foreseeable future.

      The amount of future unearned income represents the amount of finance charges we expect to fully earn over the life of our current Contract portfolio, and is computed as the product of the Contract rate, the Contract term, and the Contract amount. After the analysis of purchase date accounting with respect to static pools is complete, any uncollectible amounts would be contemplated in the allowance for credit losses.

26


Table of Contents

      The following tables present certain information regarding the delinquency rates we experienced with respect to Contracts and under our direct loan program:

                                                                 
At December 31, At March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Contracts
                                                               
Gross Balance Outstanding
  $143,113,043   $124,238,870   $132,316,816   $115,683,683
                                                                 
Dollar Dollar Dollar Dollar
Delinquencies Amount Percent* Amount Percent* Amount Percent* Amount Percent*









30 to 59 days
  $ 2,836,531       1.98 %   $ 2,595,883       2.09 %   $ 2,166,719       1.64 %   $ 2,004,990       1.73 %
60 to 89 days
    805,643       0.56 %     852,351       0.69 %     551,838       0.42 %     400,486       0.35 %
90+ days
    247,261       0.17 %     363,195       0.29 %     180,499       0.14 %     276,096       0.24 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Delinquencies
  $ 3,889,435       2.71 %   $ 3,811,429       3.07 %   $ 2,899,056       2.20 %   $ 2,681,572       2.32 %
Direct Loans
                                                               
Gross Balance Outstanding
  $ 4,536,172             $ 4,753,330             $ 4,357,032             $ 4,771,275          
Delinquencies
                                                               
30 to 59 days
  $ 37,451       0.83 %   $ 52,074       1.10 %   $ 50,199       1.15 %   $ 33,992       0.71 %
60 to 89 days
    33,612       0.74 %     46,896       0.99 %     5,724       0.13 %     5,081       0.11 %
90+ days
    30,354       0.67 %     20,869       0.43 %     40,987       0.94 %     1,842       0.04 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total delinquencies
  $ 101,417       2.24 %   $ 119,839       2.52 %   $ 96,910       2.22 %   $ 40,915       0.86 %


Delinquencies as a percent of gross outstanding balance.

      The delinquency percentage for Contracts more than thirty days past due for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 decreased to 2.20% and 2.71%, respectively, from 2.32% and 3.07% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively. The delinquency percentage for direct loans more than thirty days past due for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 increased to 2.22% from 0.86% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. The delinquency percentage for direct loans more than thirty days past due for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2003 decreased to 2.24% from 2.52% for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002. We do not give significant consideration to short-term trends in delinquency when evaluating reserve levels. Delinquency percentages tend to be very volatile and often are not necessarily an indication of future losses. We utilize a static pool approach to analyzing portfolio performance and look at specific static pool performance and recent trends as leading indicators to future performance of the portfolio.

Income Taxes

      Our effective income tax rates were 37.75% and 37.34% for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and 37.38% and 37.29% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

27


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Our cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 and the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 are summarized as follows:

                                 
Nine Months Ended Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, March 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Cash provided by (used in):
                               
Operating Activities
  $ 4,196,782     $ 3,998,799     $ 5,889,825     $ 7,291,571  
Investing Activities (primarily purchases of Contracts)
    (8,529,739 )     (7,523,464 )     (12,611,588 )     (13,166,260 )
Financing Activities
    6,012,939       4,212,267       7,151,735       5,605,733  
     
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  $ 1,679,982     $ 687,602     $ 429,972     $ (268,956 )

      Our primary use of working capital during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the nine months ended December 31, 2003 was the funding of the purchase of Contracts. The Contracts were financed substantially through borrowings under our $75.0 million line of credit facility. The line is secured by all of the assets of Nicholas Financial. We may borrow the lesser of $75.0 million or amounts based upon formulas principally related to a percentage of eligible finance receivables, as defined. Borrowings under the line of credit may be under various LIBOR pricing options or at the prime rate plus twenty-five basis points. Prime rate based borrowings are generally less than $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2003, the amount outstanding under the line of credit was approximately $66.0 million and the amount available under the line of credit was approximately $9.0 million. As of December 31, 2003, we were in full compliance with all debt covenants thereunder.

      We have entered into interest rate swap agreements, each of which effectively converts a portion of our floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate, thus reducing the impact of interest rate change on our interest expense. At December 31, 2003, approximately 75% of our borrowings under the line of credit were subject to interest rate swap agreements. These swap agreements have maturities ranging from October 5, 2004 through May 19, 2008.

      The self-liquidating nature of Contracts and other loans enables us to assume a higher debt-to-equity ratio than in most businesses. The amount of debt we incur from time to time under these financing mechanisms depends on our need for cash and our ability to borrow under the terms of the line of credit. We believe that borrowings available under our line of credit, as well as cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our short-term funding needs.

      We are currently negotiating amendments to the line of credit. The amendments would increase the amount of the line from $75.0 million to $85.0 million and extend the maturity date from November 30, 2004 to November 30, 2006. We currently anticipate completing such amendments prior to April 30, 2004, however, no assurances can be given in this regard.

      In August, 2003, we announced an annual cash dividend of $0.10 per share of common stock, payable semi-annually. We paid our first cash dividend of $0.05 per share in September, 2003 and our second cash dividend of $0.05 per share in March, 2004. We intend to continue to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, provided that future earnings meet expectations. Our line of credit prohibits the payment of cash dividends without written approval from our consortium of lenders. Our ability to receive the necessary approvals is largely dependent upon our portfolio performance, and no assurances can be given that we will be able to obtain the necessary approvals in the future.

Impact of Inflation

      We are affected by inflation primarily through increased operating costs and expenses including increases in interest rates. Inflationary pressures on operating costs and expenses have been offset by our continued emphasis on stringent operating and cost controls. We believe that our financial condition has enabled us to negotiate favorable interest rates under our existing line of credit. No assurances can be given that we will be able to continue to do so in the future.

28


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      We are a Canadian holding company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia in 1986. Our business activities are conducted through two wholly-owned subsidiaries formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, Nicholas Financial, Inc. (“Nicholas Financial”) and Nicholas Data Services, Inc., (“NDS”). Nicholas Financial is a specialized consumer finance company engaged primarily in acquiring and servicing retail installment sales contracts (“Contracts”) for purchases of new and used automobiles and light trucks. To a lesser extent, Nicholas Financial also makes direct loans and sells consumer-finance related insurance products. NDS is engaged in supporting and updating industry specific computer application software for small businesses located primarily in the Southeast United States. Nicholas Financial accounted for approximately 99% and 98% of consolidated revenues for each of the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and approximately 99% and 98% of consolidated revenues for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002. NDS’s activities accounted for approximately 1%, 2%, 1% and 2% of such revenues during the same periods.

      Our principal executive offices are located at 2454 McMullen Booth Road, Building C, Clearwater Florida 33759, and its telephone number is (727) 726-0763.

Growth Strategy

      Our principal goals are to increase our profitability and our long-term shareholder value through greater penetration in our current markets and controlled geographic expansion into new markets. We also intend to continue our expansion through a proportionate increase in our origination of direct consumer loans. We are currently expanding our automobile financing program in the States of Georgia, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina and Virginia. We have targeted certain geographic locations within these states where we believe there is a sufficient market for our automobile financing program. We are currently purchasing Contracts utilizing employees who reside in these states. These employees are developing their respective markets, and we have created a Central Buying Office in our Corporate Headquarters to purchase, process and service these Contracts. Our strategy is to monitor these new markets and ultimately decide where and when to open additional branch locations. We also continue to analyze other markets in states in which we do not currently operate. Although we have not made any bulk purchases of Contracts in the last five years, if the opportunity arises, we may consider possible acquisitions of portfolios of seasoned Contracts from dealers in bulk transactions as a means of further penetrating our existing markets or expanding our presence in targeted geographic locations. We cannot provide any assurances, however, that we will be able to further expand in either our current markets or any targeted new markets.

Automobile Finance Business — Contracts

      We are engaged in the business of providing financing programs, primarily on behalf of purchasers of new and used cars and light trucks who meet our credit standards, but who do not meet the credit standards of traditional lenders, such as banks and credit unions, because of the age of the vehicle being financed or the customer’s job instability or poor credit history. Unlike traditional lenders, which look primarily to the credit history of the borrower in making lending decisions and typically finance new automobiles, we are willing to purchase Contracts for purchases made by borrowers who do not have a good credit history and for older model and high mileage automobiles. In making decisions regarding the purchase of a particular Contract we consider the following factors related to the borrower: place and length of residence, current and prior job status, history in making installment payments for automobiles, current income and credit history. In addition, we examine our prior experience with Contracts purchased from the dealer from which we are purchasing the Contract, and the value of the automobile in relation to the purchase price and the term of the Contract.

29


Table of Contents

      Our automobile finance programs are currently conducted in seven states through a total of 31 branch offices, consisting of 15 in Florida, five in Ohio, four in North Carolina, three in Georgia, two in South Carolina, and one in each of Michigan and Virginia. Each branch office is budgeted (size of branch, number of employees and location) to handle up to 1,000 accounts and up to $7.5 million in outstanding receivables. To date, none of our branches has reached this capacity. As of March 1, 2004, we had non-exclusive agreements with approximately 1,300 dealers for the purchase of individual Contracts that meet our financing criteria, of which approximately 950 are active. We consider a dealer agreement to be active if we have purchased a Contract thereunder in the last six months. The dealer agreements require the dealer to originate Contracts in accordance with our guidelines. Once a Contract is purchased by us, the dealer is no longer involved in the relationship between us and the customer, other than through the existence of limited representations and warranties of the dealer.

      Customers under the Contracts typically make down payments, in the form of cash or trade-in, ranging from 5% to 20% of the sale price of the vehicle financed. The balance of the purchase price of the vehicle plus taxes, title fees and, if applicable, premiums for extended service Contracts, accident and health insurance or credit life insurance, are generally financed over a period of 12 to 66 months. Accident and health insurance coverage enables the customer to make required payments under the Contract in the event the customer becomes unable to work because of illness or accident and credit life insurance pays the customer’s obligations under the Contract upon his or her death.

      We purchase Contracts from the automobile dealer at a negotiated price that is less than the original principal amount being financed by the purchaser of the automobile (the discount). The amount of the discount depends upon factors such as the age and value of the automobile and the creditworthiness of the purchaser. We will pay more (i.e., purchase the Contract at a smaller discount from the original principal amount) for Contracts as the credit risk of the customer improves. In certain markets, competition determines the discount that we can charge. Historically, the Contracts purchased by us have been purchased at discounts that range from 1% to 15% of the original principal amount of the Contract. In addition to the discount, we charge the dealer a processing fee of $75 per Contract purchased. As of December 31, 2003, our Contract portfolio consisted exclusively of Contracts purchased without recourse to the dealer. Although all the Contracts in our Contract portfolio were acquired without recourse, the dealer remains liable to us for liabilities arising from certain representations and warranties made by the dealer with respect to compliance with applicable federal and state laws and valid title to the vehicle.

      Our policy is to only purchase a Contract after the dealer has provided us with the requisite proof that we have a first priority lien on the financed vehicle (or we have, in fact, perfected such first priority lien), that the customer has obtained the required collision insurance naming us as loss payee and that the Contract has been fully and accurately completed and validly executed. Once we have received and approved all required documents, we pay the dealer for the Contract and commence servicing the Contract.

      We require the owner of the vehicle to obtain and maintain collision insurance, naming us as the loss payee, with a deductible of not more than $500. Both we and the dealers we do business with offer purchasers of vehicles certain other “add on products.” These products are offered by the dealer on our behalf or by the automobile dealer on behalf of the dealership at the time of sale. They consist of a roadside assistance plan, extended warranty protection, gap insurance, credit life insurance, credit accident and health insurance and credit property insurance. If the purchaser so desires, the cost of these products may be included in the amount financed under the Contract.

Direct Loans

      We currently originate direct loans in Florida, Georgia and North Carolina. Direct loans are loans originated directly between us and the consumer. These loans are typically for amounts ranging from $1,000 to $6,000 and are generally secured by a lien on an automobile, water craft or other permissible tangible personal property. The average direct loan made to date by us had an initial principal balance of approximately $3,000. We do not expect the average loan size to increase significantly within the

30


Table of Contents

foreseeable future. The majority of direct loans are originated with current or former customers under our automobile financing program. The typical direct loan has significantly better credit risk due to the customer’s historical payment history with us. We do not have a direct loan license in Michigan, Ohio, South Carolina or Virginia, and none is presently required in Georgia (as we currently do not make direct loans under $3,000 in that state). Typically, we allow for a seasoning process to occur in a new market prior to determining whether to pursue a direct loan license there. We expect to make a decision in the coming fiscal year on whether or not to pursue a direct loan license for Ohio. We do not expect to pursue a direct loan license in any other states during the next fiscal year. The size of the loan and maximum interest rate that can be charged varies from state to state. Our direct loan program was implemented in April 1995. Loans made pursuant to this program constituted approximately 3% of the aggregate principal amount of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and accounted for approximately 4% of our revenue for the nine-month period then ended and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003.

      In connection with our direct loan program, we also offer health and accident insurance coverage and credit life insurance to customers. Customers in approximately 68% of the 1,484 direct loan transactions outstanding as of December 31, 2003 had elected to purchase insurance coverage offered by us. The cost of this insurance is included in the amount financed by the customer.

Underwriting Guidelines

      Our typical customer has a credit history that fails to meet the lending standards of most banks and credit unions. Among the credit problems experienced by our customers that resulted in a poor credit history are: unpaid revolving credit card obligations; unpaid medical bills; unpaid student loans; prior bankruptcy; and evictions for nonpayment of rent. We believe that our customer profile is similar to that of our direct competitors.

      Prior to our approval of the purchase of a Contract, we are provided with a standardized credit application completed by the consumer which contains information relating to the consumer’s background, employment, and credit history. We also obtain credit reports from Equifax or TransUnion, which are independent reporting services. We verify the consumer’s employment history, income and residence. In most cases, consumers are interviewed by telephone by one or our application processors.

      We have established internal buying guidelines to be used by our Branch Managers and underwriters when purchasing Contracts. Any Contract that does not meet these guidelines must be approved by our senior management. We currently have District Managers charged with managing the specific branches in a defined geographic area. In addition to a variety of administrative duties, the District Managers are responsible for monitoring their assigned branchs’ compliance with our underwriting standards.

      We use essentially the same criteria in analyzing a direct loan as we do in analyzing the purchase of a Contract. Lending decisions regarding direct loans are made based upon a review of the customer’s loan application, credit history, job stability, income, in-person interviews with one of our loan officers and the value of the collateral offered by the customer to secure the loan. To date, since approximately 90% of our direct loans have been made to individuals whose automobiles have been financed by us, the customer’s payment history under his or her existing or past Contract is a significant factor in the lending decision. The decision process with respect to the purchase of Contracts is similar, although the customer’s prior payment history with automobile loans is weighted more heavily in the decision-making process and the collateral value of the automobile being financed is considered.

      After reviewing the information included in the Contract or direct loan application and taking the other factors into account, our representatives categorize the customer using internally developed credit classifications of “1,” indicating higher creditworthiness, through “5,” indicating lower creditworthiness. In the absence of other factors, such as a favorable payment history on a Contract held by us, we generally make direct loans only to individuals rated in categories “3” or higher. Contracts are financed for individuals who fall within all four acceptable rating categories utilized, “1” through “5.”

31


Table of Contents

      Usually customers who fall within the two highest categories are purchasing a two- to four-year old, low mileage used automobile from the inventory of a new car or franchise dealer, while customers in the two lowest categories are purchasing an older, high mileage automobile from an independent used automobile dealer.

      We continue to utilize our Loss Recovery Department (“LRD”) to perform on-site audits of branch compliance with our buying guidelines. LRD audits our branches on a schedule that is variable depending on the size of the branch, length of time a branch has been open, current tenure of the branch manager, previous branch audit score and current and historical branch profitability. LRD reports directly to our Accounting and Administrative Management. We believe that an independent review and audit of our branches that is not tied to our sales function is imperative in order to assure the information obtained is impartial.

Monitoring and Enforcement of Contracts

      We require all customers to obtain and maintain collision insurance covering damage to the vehicle. Failure to maintain insurance constitutes a default under the Contract and we may, at our discretion, repossess the vehicle. To reduce potential loss due to insurance lapse, we have the contractual right to force-place our own collateral protection insurance policy, which policy covers loss due to physical damage to the vehicle not covered by collision insurance.

      Our Management Information Services personnel maintain a number of reports to monitor compliance by customers with their obligations under Contracts and direct loans made by us. These reports may be accessed on a real-time basis throughout the Company by management personnel, including Branch Managers and staff, at computer terminals located in the main office and each branch office. The reports include: delinquency aging reports, insurance due reports, customer promises reports, vehicle information reports, purchase reports, dealer analysis reports, static pool reports, and repossession reports.

      A delinquency report is an aging report that provides basic information regarding each account and indicates accounts that are past due. The report includes information such as the account number, address of the customer, home and work phone numbers of the customer, original term of the Contract, number of remaining payments, outstanding balance, due dates, date of last payment, number of days past due, scheduled payment amount, amount of last payment, total past due, and special payment arrangements or agreements.

      Accounts that are less than 120 days matured are included on the delinquency report on the first day that the Contract is contractually past due. After an account has matured more than 120 days, it is not included on the delinquency report until it is 11 days past due. Once an account becomes 30 days past due, repossession proceedings are implemented unless the customer provides us with an acceptable explanation for the delinquency and displays a willingness and the ability to make payment, and commits to a plan to return the account to current status. When an account is 60 days past due, we cease recognition of income on the Contract and repossession proceedings are initiated. At 120 days delinquent, if the vehicle has not yet been repossessed, the account is written off. Once a vehicle has been repossessed, the related loan balance no longer appears on the delinquency report. It instead appears on our repossession report and is sold, either at auction or to an automobile dealer.

      When an account becomes delinquent, we immediately contact the customer to determine the reason for the delinquency and to determine if arrangements for payment can appropriately be made. Once payment arrangements acceptable to us have been made, the information is entered in our database and is used to generate a “Promises Report,” which is utilized by our collection staff for account follow up.

      We generate an insurance report to monitor compliance with the insurance obligations imposed upon customers. This report includes the account number, name and address of the customer, and information regarding the insurance carrier, as well as summarizes the insurance coverage, identifies the expiration date of the policy, and provides basic information regarding payment dates and the term of the Contract. This report assists us in identifying customers whose insurance policies are up for renewal or are in jeopardy of

32


Table of Contents

being canceled. We send written notices to, and make direct contact with, customers whose insurance policies are about to lapse or be canceled. If a customer fails to provide proof of coverage within 30 days of notice, we have the option of purchasing insurance and adding the cost and applicable finance charges to the balance of the Contract.

      We prepare a repossession report that provides information regarding repossessed vehicles and aids us in disposing of repossessed vehicles. In addition to information regarding the customer, this report provides information regarding the date of repossession, date the vehicle was sold, number of days it was held in inventory prior to sale, year and make and model of the vehicle, mileage, payoff amount on the Contract, NADA book value, Black Book value, suggested sale price, location of the vehicle, original dealer, condition of the vehicle, and notes other information that may be helpful to us.

      We also prepare a dealer analysis report that provides information regarding each dealer from which we purchase Contracts. This report allows us to analyze the volume of business done with each dealer and the terms on which we purchased Contracts from the dealer.

      Our policy is to aggressively pursue legal remedies to collect deficiencies from customers. Delinquency notices are sent to customers and verbal requests for payment are made beginning when an account becomes 11 days delinquent. When an account becomes 30 days delinquent and the customer has not made payment arrangements acceptable to us or has failed to respond to our requests for payment, a repossession request form is prepared by the responsible branch office employee for approval by the branch manager for the vicinity in which the customer lives. Once the repossession request has been approved, first by the Branch Manager and secondly by the District Manager, it must then be approved by a corporate officer. The repossessor delivers the vehicle to a secure location specified by us, where it is held. We maintain relationships with several licensed repossession firms that repossess vehicles for fees that range from $175 to $350 for each vehicle repossessed. As required by Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Ohio, Michigan and Virginia law, the customer is notified by certified letter that the vehicle has been repossessed and that, to regain the vehicle, he or she must make arrangements satisfactory to us and pay the amount owed under the Contract within ten days after delivery of the letter. The minimum requirement for return of the vehicle is payment of all past due amounts under the Contract and all expenses associated with the repossession incurred by us. If satisfactory arrangements for return of the vehicle are not made within the statutory period, we then send title to the vehicle to the applicable state title transfer department, which then registers the vehicle in our name. We then either sell the vehicle to a dealer or have it transported to an automobile auction for sale. On average, approximately 30 days lapse between the time we take possession of a vehicle and the time it is sold by a dealer or at auction. When we determine that there is a reasonable likelihood of recovering part or all of any deficiency against the customer under the Contract, we pursue legal remedies available to us, including lawsuits, judgment liens and wage garnishments. Historically, we have recovered approximately 10-15% of deficiencies from such customers. Proceeds from the disposition of the vehicles are not included in calculating the foregoing percentage range.

Marketing and Advertising

      Our Contract marketing efforts are directed toward automobile dealers. We attempt to meet dealers’ needs by offering highly-responsive, cost-competitive and service-oriented financing programs. We rely on our District and Branch Managers to solicit agreements for the purchase of Contracts with automobile dealers located within a 25-mile radius of each branch office. The Branch Manager provides dealers with information regarding us and the general terms upon which we are willing to purchase Contracts. We presently have no plans to implement any other forms of advertising for the purchase of Contracts such as radio or newspaper advertisements.

      We solicit customers under our direct loan program primarily through direct mailings, followed by telephone calls, to individuals who have a good credit history with us in connection with Contracts we have purchased. To some extent, we also use direct mail marketing to those customers who meet the criteria for a direct loan.

33


Table of Contents

Computerized Information System

      We utilize integrated computer systems developed by NDS to enhance our ability to respond to customer inquiries and to monitor the performance of our Contract and direct loan portfolios and the performance of individual customers under Contracts. All of our personnel are provided with instant, simultaneous access to information from a single shared database. We have created specialized programs to automate the tracking of Contracts and direct loans from inception. The capacity of the networking system includes our branch office locations. See “— Monitoring and Enforcement of Contracts” above for a summary of the different reports prepared by us.

Competition

      The consumer finance industry is highly fragmented and highly competitive. There are numerous financial service companies that provide consumer credit in the markets served by us, including banks, other consumer finance companies, and captive finance companies owned by automobile manufacturers and retailers. Many of these companies have significantly greater resources than us. We do not believe that increased competition for the purchase of Contracts will cause a material reduction in the interest rate payable by the purchaser of the automobile. However, increased competition for the purchase of Contracts will enable automobile dealers to shop for the best price, thereby giving rise to an erosion in the discount from the initial principal amount at which we would be willing to purchase Contracts.

      Our target market consists of persons who are generally unable to obtain traditional used car financing because of their credit history or the vehicle’s mileage or age. We have been able to expand our automobile finance business in the non-prime credit market by offering to purchase Contracts on terms that are competitive with those of other companies which purchase automobile receivables in that market segment. Because of the daily contact that many of our employees have with automobile dealers located throughout the market areas served by us, we are generally aware of the terms upon which our competitors are offering to purchase Contracts. Our policy is to modify our terms, if necessary, to remain competitive. However, we will not sacrifice credit quality, our purchasing criteria or prudent business practices in order to meet the competition.

      Our ability to compete effectively with other companies offering similar financing arrangements depends upon our maintaining close business relationships with dealers of new and used vehicles. No single dealer out of the approximately 950 dealers that we currently have active Contractual relationships with accounted for over 3% of its business volume for either of the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 or 2002 or either of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 or 2002.

Regulation

      Our financing operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state and local statutes and ordinances. Additionally, the procedures that we must follow in connection with the repossession of vehicles securing Contracts are regulated by each of the states in which we do business. To date, our operations have been conducted exclusively in the states of Florida, Georgia, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina and Virginia. Accordingly, the laws of such states, as well as applicable federal law, govern our operations. Compliance with existing laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our operations to date. Our management believes that we maintain all requisite licenses and permits and are in material compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations. We periodically review our branch office practices in an effort to ensure such compliance. The following constitute certain of the federal, state and local statutes and ordinances with which we must comply:

  •  State consumer regulatory agency requirements. Pursuant to regulations of the state of Florida governing our financing business activities, the Department of Banking and Finance periodically conducts an on-site audit of each of our Florida branches to monitor compliance with applicable regulations. These regulations govern, among other matters, licensure requirements, requirements for maintenance of proper records, payment of required fees, maximum interest rates that may be

34


Table of Contents

  charged on loans to finance used vehicles and proper disclosure to customers regarding financing terms. Pursuant to North Carolina law, our direct loan activities in that state are subject to similar periodic on-site audits by the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks.
 
  •  State licensing requirements. We maintain a Sales Finance Company License with the Florida Department of Banking and Finance, as well as consumer loan licenses in Florida and North Carolina. The dealers we do business with are required to maintain a Retail Installment Seller’s License with the state or states in which they operate.
 
  •  Fair Debt Collection Act. The Fair Debt Collection Act and applicable state law counterparts prohibit us from contacting customers during certain times and at certain places, from using certain threatening practices and from making false implications when attempting to collect a debt.
 
  •  Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act requires us and the dealers we do business with to make certain disclosures to customers, including the terms of repayment, the total finance charge and the annual percentage rate charged on each Contract or direct loan.
 
  •  Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits creditors from discriminating against loan applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age or marital status. Pursuant to Regulation B promulgated under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, creditors are required to make certain disclosures regarding consumer rights and advise consumers whose credit applications are not approved of the reasons for the rejection.
 
  •  Fair Credit Reporting Act. The Fair Credit Reporting Act requires us to provide certain information to consumers whose credit applications are not approved on the basis of a report obtained from a consumer reporting agency.
 
  •  Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to maintain privacy with respect to certain consumer data in our possession and to periodically communicate with consumers on privacy matters.
 
  •  Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act. The Soldiers’ and Sailor’s Civil Relief Act requires us to reduce the interest rate charged on each loan to customers who have subsequently joined, enlisted, been inducted or called to active military duty.
 
  •  Electronic Funds Transfer Act. The Electronic Funds Transfer Act prohibits us from requiring our customers to repay a loan or other credit by electronic funds transfer (“EFT”), except in limited situations which do not apply to us. We are also required to provide certain documentation to our customers when an EFT is initiated and to provide certain notifications to our customers with regard to preauthorized payments.
 
  •  Telephone Consumer Protection Act. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act prohibits telephone solicitation calls to a customer’s home before 8 a.m. or after 9 p.m. In addition, if we make a telephone solicitation call to a customer’s home, the representative making the call must provide his or her name, our name, and a telephone number or address at which our representative may be contacted. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act also requires that we maintain a record of any requests by customers not to receive future telephone solicitations, which must be maintained for five years.
 
  •  Bankruptcy. Federal bankruptcy and related state laws may interfere with or affect our ability to recover collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.

Employees

      Our executive management and various support functions are centralized at our Corporate Headquarters in Clearwater, Florida. As of March 31, 2004, we employed a total of 155 persons, three of whom work for NDS and 152 of whom work for Nicholas Financial. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relations with our employees generally to be good.

35


Table of Contents

Facilities

      We lease our Headquarters and branch office facilities. Our Headquarters, located at 2454 McMullen Booth Road, Building C, in Clearwater, Florida, consist of approximately 10,000 square feet of office space. The current lease relating to this space expires in January 2008.

      Each of our 31 branch offices located in Florida, Georgia, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina, and Virginia consists of approximately 1,200 square feet. These offices are located in office parks, shopping centers or strip malls and are occupied pursuant to leases with an initial term of from two to five years at annual rates ranging from approximately $8.00 to $16.00 per square foot. We believe that these facilities and additional or alternate space available to us are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

      We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, none of which, if decided adversely to us, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

Recent Developments

      As of March 31, 2004, the amount outstanding under our $75.0 million line of credit facility was approximately $67.5 million. In addition, on April 6, 2004 and April 7, 2004, we opened new branch offices in Greensboro, North Carolina and Greenville, South Carolina, respectively, giving us a total of 31 branch offices.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

      We have 50,000,000 shares of authorized common stock, no par value. At February 13, 2004, we had 1,054 shareholders. At March 24, 2004, 5,081,288 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. The outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will, upon their purchase, be fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of our common stock have one vote per share in all proceedings in which action shall be taken by our shareholders. All shares of our common stock rank equally as to dividends, voting powers and participation in assets. There are no preemptive or conversion rights and no provisions for redemption, purchase for cancellation, surrender or sinking funds. The shares to be sold in this offering will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “NICK.”

Preferred Stock

      We also have 5,000,000 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, no par value. Our Articles provide that our board of directors may, without the approval of our shareholders, authorize and issue preferred stock in one or more classes with such designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other rights, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions as the directors may determine, including, but not limited to, the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, and liquidation preference. Any class of preferred stock may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts distributed, whether upon liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, or otherwise. In addition, any amendment to the Articles to delete or vary any preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attached to the preferred stock, or to create any special shares that would have equal priority to the preferred stock, requires the affirmative vote of at least three-fourths of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting.

      We do not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. Issuances of preferred stock, while providing us with flexibility in connection with general corporate purposes, may, among other things, have

36


Table of Contents

an adverse effect on the rights of holders of our common stock. For example, the issuance of any preferred stock with voting or conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock, and, in certain circumstances, such issuances could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Rights to Dividends

      Subject to any prior rights of holders of preferred stock then outstanding, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Under the British Columbia Business Corporations Act (the “B.C. Act”), any of our directors who vote for, or consent to, a resolution authorizing the payment of a dividend if we are insolvent are jointly and severally liable to us to make good any loss or damage suffered by us as a result.

Rights Upon Liquidation

      In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution, or the winding-up of our affairs, our assets will be applied first to the payment, satisfaction and discharge of our existing debts and obligations, including the necessary expenses of dissolution or liquidation, then to satisfy any senior rights of holders of our preference securities, if any, and then pro rata to the holders of our common stock.

SEC Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities

      Our Articles provide that, subject to the provisions of the B.C. Act, we shall indemnify our directors and former directors and their heirs and personal representatives against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnified party, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment in a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which they are made a party by reason of being or having been a director, including any action brought by us. Our Articles also provide that our directors may cause us to indemnify, to the same extent as for directors, any officer, employee or agent of ours or any director, officer, employee or agent of our subsidiaries.

      Under the current provisions of the B.C. Act, effective March 29, 2004, in order for a director or officer to be indemnified, generally the director or officer must have:

        (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and
 
        (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding, had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.

      Under the B.C. Act, prior court approval generally is not a requirement for indemnification, except in the case of a proceeding brought against the director or officer by the Company (normally, a derivative action). The B.C. Act also permits the Company to pay the expenses of a director or officer in an ongoing proceeding, provided that the Company first receives an undertaking to repay those expenses if it is finally determined that the director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith or with a reasonable belief that his or her conduct was lawful, as the case may be. If the director or officer is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of the particular proceeding, or substantially successful on the merits only, the Company must pay the expenses incurred by the director or officer.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Business Combinations

      Any business combination involving the merger, amalgamation, or reorganization of the Company with another corporation must comply with the provisions of the B.C. Act, and must be approved by our shareholders by special resolution. A “special resolution” means a resolution passed by not less than three-

37


Table of Contents

fourths of the votes cast by our shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at our general meeting of which not less than 21 days’ notice has been given, specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution.

Control Share Acquisitions

      The acquisition, sale or transfer of our control must comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of the Province of British Columbia in respect of a take-over bid, exempt take-over bid, or the trade from the holdings of a control person, as those terms are defined under the Securities Act of the Province of British Columbia, for any such acquisition, sale or transfer within the jurisdiction of British Columbia. If our acquisition, sale or transfer of control occurs outside the jurisdiction of British Columbia, then such transaction must comply with the applicable securities laws of the jurisdiction in which it occurs. There are no provisions in our Memorandum or Articles which would delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of the Company.

Transfer Agent

      The transfer agent for our common stock is Computershare Investor Services.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      The sale, or availability for sale, of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market as a result of or following this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities. At March 24, 2004, a total of 2,349,865 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and held as freely-tradable by persons who are not affiliates of the Company. As of the same date, a total of 1,783,158 shares (including 273,333 shares issuable upon presently exercisable stock options) of common stock were issued and outstanding and held by our directors and executive officers, all of whom are affiliates of the Company. The shares issued in this offering will be freely-tradable by persons who are not affiliates of the Company. Our directors and executive officers have agreed that, for a period of 120 days after the date of this prospectus, they will not (other than pursuant to this offering) sell, offer for sale or take any action that may constitute a transfer of shares of common stock that they now own or may purchase in this offering.

      At March 24, 2004, there were 570,466 shares of our common stock subject to options, most of which are held by affiliates and are subject to volume limitations on resale. At March 24, 2004, there were 369,534 shares of our common stock remaining available for issuance pursuant to future option grants under our Employee Stock Option Plan and Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. All 940,000 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding or future option grants under the foregoing plans have been registered under the Securities Act.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

      Effective following completion of its review of our financial statements as of and for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”) resigned as our independent public accountants.

      E&Y’s reports on our financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

      During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, and the subsequent interim period ended September 30, 2003, there were not any disagreements between us and E&Y on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagree-

38


Table of Contents

ments, if not resolved to the satisfaction of E&Y, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports.

      We requested that E&Y furnish a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether E&Y agreed with the above statements. On October 3, 2003, E&Y filed the letter that we requested with the SEC stating that it had read our statements and agreed with such statements.

      Effective December 3, 2003, we engaged the accounting firm of Crisp Hughes Evans LLP as our new independent auditors. Crisp Hughes Evans LLP has not audited, or issued an opinion on, our consolidated financial statements. Effective March 1, 2004, Crisp Hughes Evans LLP merged with Dixon Odom PLLC, with the combined firm now known as Dixon Hughes PLLC. On March 3, 2004, we engaged Dixon Hughes PLLC as our independent auditors effective as of the consummation of the merger of the two firms.

      During the period from December 3, 2003 through March 3, 2004, there were no disagreements between us and Crisp Hughes Evans LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Crisp Hughes Evans LLP, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports.

      We have not consulted with Dixon Hughes PLLC (or its predecessors) during the last two fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 or during the subsequent interim periods from March 31, 2003 through and including December 3, 2003, or with Dixon Odom PLLC during the interim periods from December 3, 2003 through March 3, 2004, on either the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our consolidated financial statements.

      We requested that Crisp Hughes Evans LLP furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether Crisp Hughes Evans LLP agreed with the above statements. On March 4, 2004, Crisp Hughes Evans LLP filed the letter that we requested with the SEC stating that it had read our statements and agreed with such statements.

UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement, the underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to it, the number of shares of common stock set forth below:

         
Number
Name of Shares


Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
    2,400,000  
     
 
Total
    2,400,000  
     
 

      The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter’s obligation is subject to various conditions, including approval of certain legal matters by its counsel. The nature of the underwriter’s obligation is that it is committed to purchase and pay for all shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of the shares are purchased.

      The following table shows the per-share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling shareholders will pay to the underwriter. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

                 
Without With
Over-Allotment Over-Allotment
Exercise Exercise


Per Share
               
Total
               

39


Table of Contents

      We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $400,000.

      The underwriter proposes to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. After this offering, the underwriter may change the price to the public.

      We have granted to the underwriter an option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 360,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, listed on the cover page of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

      The offering of the shares of common stock is made for delivery when, as and if accepted by the underwriter and subject to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offering without notice. The underwriter reserves the right to reject any order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.

      We, the selling shareholders and the underwriter have agreed to indemnify, or contribute to payments made by, each other against certain civil liabilities, including certain civil liabilities under the Securities Act.

      The selling shareholders, our directors and executive officers and certain of our significant shareholders have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly (other than pursuant to this offering), any shares of our capital stock or any of our other equity securities for a period of 120 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated.

      We have also agreed that we will not, without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, offer or sell any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock during the 120-day period following the date of this prospectus. This restriction does not apply to the sale to the underwriter of the shares of common stock under the underwriting agreement or to transactions by any person other than the Company relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions. In addition, we may issue shares under our employee and non-employee director stock option plans and upon the exercise of options or warrants granted prior to the date of this prospectus, and we may grant additional options under our stock option plans, provided that, without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, the additional options shall not be exercisable during the 120-day period.

      The underwriter participating in this offering may over-allot or effect transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock at levels above those that might otherwise prevail in the open market, including by entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, or imposing penalty bids. A stabilizing bid means the placing of any bid or effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction means the placing of any bid on behalf of the underwriting syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering. A penalty bid means an arrangement that permits the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member in connection with the offering when shares of common stock sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market System, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of our common stock offered in this offering will be passed upon by the law firm of Salley Bowes Harwardt, Vancouver, Canada. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriter by the law firm of Neuberger, Quinn, Gielen, Rubin & Gibber, P.A., Baltimore, Maryland.

40


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of Nicholas Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 2003 and 2002, and for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2003 appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We are subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), which means we are required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

      We filed a registration statement on Form S-2 to register with the SEC the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. As allowed by the SEC’s rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we have filed with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and the information that we file subsequently with the SEC will automatically update this prospectus. Absent unusual circumstances, we will have no obligation to amend this prospectus, other than filing subsequent information with the SEC. The historical and future information that is incorporated by reference in this prospectus is considered to be part of this prospectus and can be obtained at the locations described above.

      We incorporate by reference the documents listed below:

  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2003;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 2003;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended December 31, 2003; and
 
  •  Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2003, October 3, 2003, December 4, 2003 and March 4, 2004.

      We also incorporate by reference any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the initial filing of the registration statement and before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part.

      You may request a copy of any information that we incorporate by reference into the registration statement or this prospectus, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us. Please send your request to:

Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ralph T. Finkenbrink
Chief Financial Officer
2454 McMullen Booth Road
Building C
Suite 501
Clearwater, FL 33759
(727) 726-0763

41


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

           
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
 
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
    F-2  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-3  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-4  
 
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-5  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-6  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2003 (unaudited)
    F-19  
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the three- and nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited)
    F-20  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine-month periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited)
    F-21  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
    F-22  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of

Nicholas Financial, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nicholas Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nicholas Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

  (ERNST & YOUNG SIG)

June 9, 2003

Tampa, Florida

F-2


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   
March 31,

2003 2002


ASSETS
Cash
  $ 481,211     $ 51,239  
Finance receivables, net
    86,178,112       76,067,387  
Accounts receivable
    16,228       14,444  
Assets held for resale
    319,788       227,008  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    317,485       289,645  
Property and equipment, net
    467,596       370,849  
Deferred income taxes
    2,256,508       928,310  
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 90,036,928     $ 77,948,882  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Line of credit
  $ 60,160,238     $ 53,273,426  
Drafts payable
    664,520       419,116  
Notes payable — related party
    808,610       542,282  
Accounts payable
    3,070,876       3,400,859  
Derivatives
    2,219,480       1,151,458  
Income taxes payable
    105,875       69,852  
Deferred revenues
    916,889       655,556  
     
     
 
Total liabilities
    67,946,488       59,512,549  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, no par: 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
           
 
Common stock, no par: 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,006,021 and 4,993,764 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
    4,452,693       4,402,960  
 
Other comprehensive loss
    (1,402,345 )     (725,325 )
 
Retained earnings
    19,040,092       14,758,698  
     
     
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    22,090,440       18,436,333  
     
     
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 90,036,928     $ 77,948,882  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                   
Year Ended March 31,

2003 2002


Revenue:
               
 
Interest income on finance receivables
  $ 22,048,535     $ 19,852,758  
 
Sales
    328,340       365,367  
     
     
 
      22,376,875       20,218,125  
Expenses:
               
 
Cost of sales
    83,904       78,615  
 
Marketing
    654,569       565,626  
 
Administrative
    8,460,662       7,302,275  
 
Provision for credit losses
    2,213,859       1,912,918  
 
Depreciation
    190,257       189,733  
 
Interest expense
    3,936,042       3,898,400  
     
     
 
      15,539,293       13,947,567  
     
     
 
Operating income before income taxes
    6,837,582       6,270,558  
Income tax expense:
               
 
Current
    3,884,386       2,195,841  
 
Deferred
    (1,328,198 )     142,578  
     
     
 
      2,556,188       2,338,419  
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139  
     
     
 
Earnings per share:
               
 
Basic
  $ .86     $ .81  
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ .81     $ .75  
     
     
 
Weighted average shares — basic
    5,004,055       4,869,078  
     
     
 
Weighted average shares — diluted
    5,299,206       5,263,966  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                         
Accumulated
Common Stock Other Total

Comprehensive Retained Shareholders’
Shares Amount Loss Earnings Equity





Balance at April 1, 2001
    4,634,216     $ 3,601,292     $     $ 10,826,559     $ 14,427,851  
Issuance of common stock
    35,534       64,488                   64,488  
Issued in connection with services rendered
    13,404       26,800                   26,800  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (1,000 )     (3,550 )                 (3,550 )
Issued in connection with employee bonus plan
    500       2,135                   2,135  
Shares issued in connection with the conversion of debt
    311,110       711,795                   711,795  
Net Income
                      3,932,139       3,932,139  
Mark to market — interest rate swaps
                (725,325 )           (725,325 )
                                     
 
Total comprehensive income
                            3,206,814  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at March 31, 2002
    4,993,764       4,402,960       (725,325 )     14,758,698       18,436,333  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Issuance of common stock
    21,667       47,717                   47,717  
Issued in connection with services rendered
    90       405                   405  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (9,500 )     (38,012 )                 (38,012 )
Income tax benefit on exercise of non-qualified stock options
          39,623                   39,623  
Net income
                      4,281,394       4,281,394  
Mark to market — interest rate swaps
                (677,020 )           (677,020 )
                                     
 
Total comprehensive income
                            3,604,374  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at March 31, 2003
    5,006,021     $ 4,452,693     $ (1,402,345 )   $ 19,040,092     $ 22,090,440  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     
Year Ended March 31,

2003 2002


Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net income
  $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
 
Depreciation
    190,257       189,733  
 
Provision for credit losses
    2,213,859       1,912,918  
 
Deferred income taxes
    (917,635 )     582,433  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
   
Accounts receivable
    (1,784 )     24  
   
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (120,620 )     32,533  
   
Accounts payable
    (298,406 )     589,843  
   
Drafts payable
    245,404       32,088  
   
Income taxes payable
    36,023       (23,967 )
   
Deferred revenues
    261,333       43,827  
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    5,889,825       7,291,571  
Investing activities
               
Purchase and origination of finance contracts
    (60,795,789 )     (56,104,016 )
Principal payments received
    48,471,205       43,164,579  
Purchase of property and equipment, net of disposals
    (287,004 )     (226,823 )
     
     
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (12,611,588 )     (13,166,260 )
Financing activities
               
Issuance of notes payable — related party
    215,595       83,000  
Net proceeds from line of credit
    6,886,812       5,450,000  
Sale of common stock
    49,328       72,733  
     
     
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7,151,735       5,605,733  
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    429,972       (268,956 )
Cash, beginning of year
    51,239       320,195  
     
     
 
Cash, end of year
  $ 481,211     $ 51,239  
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
               
Stock issued in connection with services rendered
  $ 405     $ 26,800  
     
     
 
Conversion of debt to common stock
        $ 700,000  
     
     
 
Conversion of accrued interest to notes payable — related party
  $ 50,733     $ 191,274  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2003
 
1. Organization

      Nicholas Financial, Inc. (NFI, Canada or the Company) is a Canadian holding company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia with two wholly-owned United States subsidiaries, Nicholas Data Services, Inc. (NDS) and Nicholas Financial, Inc. (NFI). NDS is engaged principally in the development, marketing and support of computer application software. NFI is engaged principally in providing installment sales financing. Both NDS and NFI are based in Florida, U.S.A. The accompanying financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars and are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NFI, Canada and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, NDS and NFI, collectively referred to as the Company. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Finance Receivables

      Finance receivables purchased and originated are recorded at cost.

Assets Held for Resale

      Assets held for resale are stated at net realizable value and consist primarily of automobiles that have been repossessed by the Company and are awaiting final disposition. Automobiles repossessed are charged-off in the month in which the repossession occurred. Costs associated with repossession, transport and auction preparation expenses are charges reported under operating expenses in the period in which they were incurred. The Company maintains full responsibility for repossessions.

Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

         
Automobiles
    3 years  
Equipment
    5 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    7 years  
Leasehold improvements
    Lease term  

F-7


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses

      The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges against earnings and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). In addition to the allowance for loan losses, a reserve for credit losses has been established using unearned interest and dealer discounts to absorb potential credit losses. To the extent actual credit losses exceed these reserves, a bad debt provision is recorded; and to the extent credit losses are less than the reserve, the reserve is accreted into income over the remaining estimated life of the pool. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company’s past loan experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.

Drafts Payable

      Drafts payable represent checks disbursed for loan purchases which have not yet been funded through the line of credit. Amounts cleared within one to two business days of period end are then added to the line of credit.

Income Taxes

      Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Revenue Recognition

      Interest income on finance receivables is recognized using the interest method. Accrual of interest income on finance receivables is suspended when a loan is contractually delinquent for 60 days or more or the collateral is repossessed, whichever is earlier. As of March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2002 the amount of gross finance receivables not accruing interest was $575,554 and $424,827, respectively.

      Deferred revenues consist primarily of commissions received from the sale of ancillary products. These products include automobile warranties, road-side assistance programs, accident & health insurance, credit life insurance and forced placed automobile insurance. These commissions are amortized over the life of the contract using the effective annual interest method.

      The Company attributes its entire dealer discount and a portion of unearned income to a reserve for credit losses. Such amounts reduce the interest income recognized over the life of the contract. The Company receives a commission for selling add-on services to consumer borrowers and amortizes the commission, net of the related costs, over the term of the loan using the interest method. The Company’s net fees charged for processing a loan are recognized as an adjustment to the yield and are amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method.

      The amount of future unearned income represents the amount of finance charges the Company expects to fully earn over the life of the current portfolio, and is computed as the product of the contract rate, the contract term, and the contract amount. The Company aggregates the contracts purchased during a three-month period for all of its branch locations. After the analysis of purchase date accounting is complete, any uncollectable amounts would be contemplated in estimating the allowance for credit losses.

F-8


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Revenues resulting from the sale of hardware and software are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the products has occurred, no significant Company obligation with regard to implementation remain, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. If the fee due from the customer is not fixed or determinable, revenue is recognized as payments become due from the customer.

      If collectibility is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected. Arrangements that included software services are evaluated to determine whether those services are essential to the functionality of other elements of the arrangement. When software services are considered essential, revenue under the arrangement is recognized using contract accounting. When software services are not considered essential, the revenue related to the software services is recognized as the services are performed. The unamortized amounts are included in the caption “deferred revenues.”

Earnings Per Share

      Basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of common stock equivalents such as options, warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share includes the effects of dilutive options, warrants, and convertible securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed as follows:

                     
Year Ended March 31,

2003 2002


Numerator:
               
 
Numerator for basic earnings per share — Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139  
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
               
   
Convertible debt
          17,491  
     
     
 
 
Numerator for dilutive earnings per share — income available to common stockholders after assumed conversions
  $ 4,281,394     $ 3,949,630  
Denominator:
               
 
Denominator for basic earnings per share — weighted average shares
    5,004,055       4,869,078  
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
               
   
Employee stock options
    295,151       292,956  
   
Convertible debt
          101,932  
     
     
 
 
Denominator for diluted earnings per share — adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed conversions
    5,299,206       5,263,966  
     
     
 
Earnings per share — basic
  $ .86     $ .81  
     
     
 
Earnings per share — diluted
  $ .81     $ .75  
     
     
 

Stock Option Accounting

      The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option grants and to present the disclosure requirements relating to stock-based compensation plans required by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (FAS 123).

F-9


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure (FAS 148) which amends FAS 123. FAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based-employee compensation. FAS 148 also amends the disclosure requirements of FAS 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial statements concerning the effects of stock-based compensation. The effective date of FAS 148 is for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123:

                   
Year Ended March 31,
2003 2002


Net income
  $ 4,281,394     $ 3,932,139  
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.86     $ 0.81  
 
Fully diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.81     $ 0.75  
Stock based employee compensation cost under the Fair Value Method
  $ 69,932     $ 102,825  
Pro forma net income
  $ 4,211,462     $ 3,829,314  
 
Pro forma basic earnings per share
  $ 0.84     $ 0.79  
 
Pro forma fully diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.79     $ 0.73  

      The effects of applying FAS 123 for pro-forma disclosures are not likely to be representative of the effects on reported net income for future years.

      The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2002 were: expected volatility of 39%, risk-free interest rate of 4.92% and expected life of 7 years. No options were granted in 2003.

Financial Instruments

      The Company’s financial instruments consist of finance receivables, accounts receivable, line of credit, notes payable — related party and accounts payable. For each of these financial instruments, the carrying value approximates its fair value.

      The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk are primarily finance receivables, which are concentrated in the states of Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Ohio and Michigan. The Company provides credit during the normal course of business and performs ongoing credit evaluations of it customers. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses which, when realized, have been within the range of management’s expectations. The Company perfects a primary security interest in all vehicles financed as a form of collateral.

Use of Estimates

      The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The most significant of these estimates relates to the determination of the allowance for credit losses and related reserves. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-10


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

      Prior to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (FAS 133), as amended, comprehensive net income equaled net income. Accumulated other comprehensive loss is composed entirely of the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of the related tax effect.

Statement of Cash Flows

      Cash paid for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $2,520,165 and $1,780,000, respectively. Cash paid for interest for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $3,743,113 and $3,972,000, respectively.

Reclassification

      Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.

Derivatives

      On April 1, 2001, the Company adopted FAS 133. FAS 133 requires the recognition of all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company does not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

 
Recent Accounting Pronouncement

      In August 2001, the FASB issued FAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (FAS 144), which is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2001. This statement superseded FAS 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of . The accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sales applies to all long-lived assets, including discontinued operations, and replaced the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for the disposal of a segment of a business. Under the provisions of APB 30, a segment of a business to be disposed of was measured at the lower of its carrying amount or net realizable value, adjusted for expected future operating losses, whereas FAS 121 used fair value less cost to sell and excluded future operating losses from the framework established in FAS 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. FAS No. 144 requires that those long-lived assets be measured at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. Therefore, discontinued operations will no longer be measured at net realizable value or include amounts for operating losses that have not yet occurred. FAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting for discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The adoption of FAS 144 did not have a material impact on the earnings and financial position of the Company.

F-11


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3. Finance Receivables

      The Company purchases individual installment loan contracts from new and used automobile dealers in its markets. There is no relationship between the Company and the dealer with respect to a given contract once the assignment of that contract is complete. The dealer has no vested interest in the performance of any installment contract the Company purchases.

      The Company charges-off receivables when an individual account has become more than 120 days contractually delinquent. In the event of a repossession the charge-off will occur in the month in which the vehicle was repossessed.

      Consumer automobile finance installment contracts are included in finance receivables and are detailed as follows:

                   
As of March 31,

2003 2002


Finance receivables, gross
  $ 132,316,816     $ 115,683,683  
Less:
               
 
Unearned interest
    (31,610,003 )     (27,783,082 )
     
     
 
      100,706,813       87,900,601  
 
Dealer discounts
    (12,394,089 )     (11,259,898 )
 
Allowance for credit losses
    (5,428,681 )     (4,105,174 )
     
     
 
 
Finance receivables, net
  $ 82,884,043     $ 72,535,529  
     
     
 

      The terms of the receivables range from 12 to 66 months and bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 24% for both 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Direct consumer loans are also included in finance receivables and are detailed as follows:

                   
As of March 31,

2003 2003


Direct loans, gross
  $ 4,357,032     $ 4,771,275  
Less:
               
 
Unearned interest
    (886,837 )     (1,038,805 )
     
     
 
      3,470,195       3,732,470  
 
Allowance for credit losses
    (176,126 )     (200,612 )
     
     
 
 
Finance receivables, net
  $ 3,294,069     $ 3,531,858  
     
     
 

      The terms of the receivables range from 6 to 48 months and bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 25% for both 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-12


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in dealer discount for the years ended March 31:

                 
As of March 31,

2003 2002


Balance at beginning of year
  $ 11,259,898     $ 10,306,699  
Discounts acquired on new volume
    10,534,472       9,384,892  
Losses absorbed
    (8,401,071 )     (6,536,368 )
Recoveries
    1,068,556       886,451  
Reserves accreted
    (2,067,766 )     (2,781,776 )
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 12,394,089     $ 11,259,898  
     
     
 
Reserve as a percent of gross finance receivables
    9.37%       9.73%  
     
     
 

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on consumer automobile finance installment contracts for the years ended March 31:

                 
As of March 31,

2003 2002


Balance at beginning of year
  $ 4,105,174     $ 3,145,470  
Current year provision
    1,911,855       1,728,786  
Losses absorbed
    (588,348 )     (769,082 )
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 5,428,681     $ 4,105,174  
     
     
 
Reserve as a percent of gross finance receivables
    4.10%       3.55%  
     
     
 

      The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on direct loans for the years ended March 31:

                 
2003 2002


Balance at beginning of year
  $ 200,612     $ 319,545  
Current year provision
    302,004       184,132  
Losses absorbed
    (208,802 )     (177,012 )
Recoveries
    29,372       15,676  
Accreted to income
    (147,060 )     (141,729 )
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 176,126     $ 200,612  
     
     
 
Reserve as a percent of gross finance receivables
    4.04%       4.20%  
     
     
 

F-13


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
4. Property and Equipment
                         
Accumulated Net Book
Cost Depreciation Value



2003
                       
Automobiles
  $ 285,680     $ 146,312     $ 139,368  
Equipment
    515,210       373,457       141,753  
Furniture and fixtures
    234,828       130,672       104,156  
Leasehold improvements
    274,025       191,706       82,319  
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,309,743     $ 842,147     $ 467,596  
     
     
     
 
2002
                       
Automobiles
  $ 262,238     $ 119,149     $ 143,089  
Equipment
    449,007       319,664       129,343  
Furniture and fixtures
    176,256       112,033       64,223  
Leasehold improvements
    187,637       153,443       34,194  
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,075,138     $ 704,289     $ 370,849  
     
     
     
 
 
5. Line of Credit

      The Company has a $75,000,000 line of credit facility (the Line) with Bank of America, of which approximately $60,000,000 was outstanding at March 31, 2003. Borrowings under the Line bear interest at the Bank of America prime rate plus 25 basis points or several Libor pricing options. Pledged as collateral for this credit facility are all of the assets of NFI and NDS. The Line expires on November 30, 2004. As of March 31, 2003 the Company was in compliance with all of its Line covenants.

      The Company is party to interest rate swap agreements which are derivative instruments. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of the future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.

      The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. At March 31, 2003, approximately $50,000,000 of the Company’s borrowings have been designated as the hedged items to interest rate swap agreements. Under the swap agreements, the Company received an average variable rate of 3.90% and paid an average fixed rate of 6.86% during the year ended March 31, 2003. A loss of $1,402,345 related to the fair value of the swaps at March 31, 2003 has been recorded in the caption derivatives on the balance sheet. Amounts of net losses on derivative instruments expected to be reclassified from comprehensive income to earnings in the next 12 months are not expected to be material. The Company has also entered into three forward locking swaps disclosed in the table below.

F-14


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                 
Fixed
Rate
Notional Of
Date Entered Effective Date Amount Interest Maturity Date





August 19, 1999
    August 19, 1999     $ 10,000,000       5.80 %     August 1, 2003  
May 17, 2000
    May 17, 2000       10,000,000       6.87 %     May 17, 2004  
March 30, 2001
    March 30, 2001       10,000,000       4.89 %     April 2, 2003  
October 5, 2001
    October 5, 2001       10,000,000       3.85 %     October 5, 2004  
June 28, 2002
    June 28, 2002       10,000,000       3.83 %     July 2, 2005  
January 6, 2003
    April 2, 2003       10,000,000       3.35 %     April 2, 2007  
January 31, 2003
    August 1, 2003       10,000,000       3.20 %     August 2, 2006  
February 26, 2003
    May 17, 2004       10,000,000       3.91 %     May 19, 2008  

      The Company has also entered into various interest rate option agreements with maturities through May 17, 2004.

      The Company utilizes the above noted interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate exposure. The swaps effectively convert a portion of the Company’s floating rate debt to a fixed rate, more closely matching the interest rate characteristics of the Company’s finance receivables. There has historically been no ineffectiveness associated with the Company’s hedges.

 
6. Notes Payable — Related Party

      Notes payable to shareholders, directors and individuals related thereto at March 31:

      The Company has unsecured notes totaling $808,610 and $542,282 for 2003 and 2002, respectively. The notes bear an interest rate of 8.87% and are due upon 30-day demand.

      The company incurred interest expense on the above notes of approximately $62,000 and $80,000 for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

 
7. Income Taxes

      The provision for income taxes reflects an effective U.S tax rate, which differs from the corporate tax rate (34%) for the following reasons:

                     
2003 2002


Provision for income taxes at federal statutory rate
  $ 2,324,778     $ 2,131,990  
 
Increase resulting from:
               
   
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    258,686       228,701  
   
Other
    (27,276 )     (22,272 )
     
     
 
    $ 2,556,188     $ 2,338,419  
     
     
 

      The Company’s deferred tax assets consist of the following as of March 31:

                 
2003 2002


Allowance for credit losses not currently deductible for tax purposes
  $ 1,379,024     $ 372,927  
Derivatives
    850,418       439,855  
Other items
    27,066       115,528  
     
     
 
    $ 2,256,508     $ 928,310  
     
     
 

F-15


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The deferred tax asset related to derivatives represents the tax effect at 37.38% of the fair value adjustment discussed in Footnote 5.

      NFI, Canada has income tax loss carryforward balances of approximately Cdn$318,000 (2002 — Cdn$318,000) which are available to reduce future taxable income. The related deferred tax asset, more likely than not, will not be realized and is offset entirely by a valuation allowance. The tax loss carryforwards are the result of the Company’s annual Canadian operating expenses not deductible for U.S. tax purposes. The Company has no operations in Canada, does not expect to have such operations and therefore does not create any revenue to offset these income tax loss carryforwards.

 
8. Shareholders’ Equity

      The Company has an employee stock incentive plan (the SIP) for officers, directors and key employees under which 590,266 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance as of March 31, 2003. Options currently granted by the Company generally vest over a five-year period.

      Prior to the adoption of FAS 148, the Company had elected to follow APB 25, and related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options because the alternative, fair value method, provided for under FAS 123 requires use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25, if the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

      The following table reflects activity within the SIP for the years noted:

                                 
2003 2002


Options Weighted Options Weighted
& Average & Average
Warrants Exercise Price Warrants Exercise Price




Outstanding — beginning of year
    653,866     $ 2.26       599,400     $ 2.01  
Granted
                131,000       3.38  
Exercised
    (21,667 )     2.20       (35,534 )     1.81  
Canceled/expired
    (41,933 )     2.90       (41,000 )     2.52  
     
             
         
Outstanding — end of year
    590,266       2.21       653,866       2.26  
     
             
         
Exercisable at end of year
    490,776     $ 2.03       403,045     $ 1.89  
     
             
         
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
                $ 1.52          
                                           
Currently Exercisable
Weighted
Weighted Average Weighted
Average Remaining Average
Shares Exercise Price Contractual Life Shares Exercise Price





$1.00 to 1.99
    310,600     $ 1.70       5.20 years       304,039     $ 1.70  
 2.00 to 2.99
    185,666       2.46       7.10 years       159,604       2.43  
 3.00 to 3.99
    94,000       3.39       8.32 years       27,133       3.40  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    590,266     $ 2.21       6.20 years       490,776     $ 2.03  
     
                     
         

F-16


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9.     Employee Benefit Plans

      The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan under which all employees are eligible to participate. Employee contributions are voluntary and subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company matches, based on annually determined factors, employee contributions provided the employee completes certain levels of service annually. For the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $68,000 and $59,000, respectively, related to this plan. All employees who were eligible under the plan received a profit sharing contribution based on their total compensation in relation to the total compensation of all eligible employees. For the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded expenses of $139,000 and $116,000, respectively, related to this plan.

10.     Commitments

      The Company leases its corporate and branch offices under operating lease agreements which provide for annual minimum rental payments as follows:

         
Year Ending March 31:

2004
  $ 497,647  
2005
    319,089  
2006
    210,231  
2007
    59,091  
2008
    14,940  
     
 
    $ 1,100,998  
     
 

      Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $503,000 and $404,000, respectively.

11.     Segment Information

      The segments presented have been identified based on the difference in the products and services of the Company’s two wholly owned subsidiaries. Internal financial results for each subsidiary are presented

F-17


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to and reviewed by the senior management of the Company. Substantially all of the Company’s operations are in the United States. The industry segments are as follows:

                                 
Computer
Application
General Software and
Financing Support Corporate Total




2003
                               
Interest income and sales
  $ 22,048,535     $ 328,340           $ 22,376,875  
Operating income (loss) before income taxes
    6,845,591       (8,009 )           6,837,582  
Interest expense
    3,936,042                   3,936,042  
Income tax expense
    2,559,212       (3,024 )           2,556,188  
Identifiable assets
    89,772,818       262,735       1,375       90,036,928  
Net capital expenditures
    287,004                   287,004  
Depreciation
    190,257                   190,257  
 
2002
                               
Interest income and sales
  $ 19,852,758     $ 365,367           $ 20,218,125  
Operating income (loss) before income taxes
    6,281,966       (11,408 )           6,270,558  
Interest expense
    3,898,400                   3,898,400  
Income tax expense
    2,342,725       (4,306 )           2,338,419  
Identifiable assets
    77,729,928       213,382       5,572       77,948,882  
Net capital expenditures
    226,823                   226,823  
Depreciation
    189,725       8             189,733  

F-18


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Unaudited)
         
December 31,
2003

ASSETS
Cash
  $ 2,161,193  
Finance receivables, net
    92,835,072  
Accounts receivable
    32,395  
Assets held for resale
    676,635  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    361,104  
Property and equipment, net
    561,127  
Deferred income taxes
    3,049,950  
     
 
Total assets
  $ 99,677,476  
     
 
LIABILITIES
Line of credit
  $ 66,010,290  
Drafts payable
    473,587  
Notes payable — related party
    981,530  
Accounts payable
    3,453,175  
Dividends payable
    253,354  
Derivatives
    1,351,076  
Deferred revenues
    1,045,207  
     
 
Total liabilities
    73,568,219  
 
Shareholders’ equity
       
Preferred stock, no par: 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
     
Common stock, no par: 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,069,688 shares issued and outstanding
    4,696,014  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (841,045 )
Retained earnings
    22,254,288  
     
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    26,109,257  
     
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 99,677,476  
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-19


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)
                                   
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Revenue:
                               
 
Interest income on finance receivables
  $ 6,334,652     $ 5,350,248     $ 18,397,452     $ 16,075,736  
 
Sales
    50,447       78,850       192,755       254,165  
     
     
     
     
 
      6,385,099       5,429,098       18,590,207       16,329,901  
Expenses:
                               
 
Cost of sales
    10,456       19,865       39,145       62,685  
 
Marketing
    221,459       172,388       653,282       481,729  
 
Administrative
    2,437,986       2,012,342       7,235,719       6,108,890  
 
Provision for credit losses
    632,873       548,554       1,617,028       1,677,758  
 
Depreciation
    30,000       51,000       162,218       130,000  
 
Interest expense
    950,109       1,023,976       2,905,747       2,955,671  
     
     
     
     
 
      4,282,883       3,828,125       12,613,139       11,416,733  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income before income taxes
    2,102,216       1,600,973       5,977,068       4,913,168  
Income tax expense:
                               
 
Current
    1,060,332       1,585,769       3,356,708       2,667,527  
 
Deferred
    (264,155 )     (993,962 )     (1,100,546 )     (832,845 )
     
     
     
     
 
      796,177       591,807       2,256,162       1,834,682  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 1,306,039     $ 1,009,166     $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Earnings per share — basic
  $ 0.26     $ 0.20     $ 0.74     $ 0.62  
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — diluted
  $ 0.24     $ 0.19     $ 0.69     $ 0.58  
     
     
     
     
 
Dividends declared
              $ 0.10        
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-20


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)
                   
Nine Months Ended December 31,

2003 2002


Operating activities
               
Net income
  $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
 
Depreciation
    162,218       130,000  
 
Provision for credit losses
    1,617,028       1,677,758  
 
Deferred income taxes
    (1,100,546 )     (832,845 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
 
Accounts receivable
    (16,167 )     (5,098 )
 
Prepaid expenses, other assets and assets held for resale
    (400,466 )     (350,677 )
 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    477,803       (805,737 )
 
Drafts payable
    (190,933 )     (109,392 )
 
Income taxes payable
    (201,379 )     921,902  
 
Deferred revenues
    128,318       294,402  
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,196,782       3,998,799  
 
Investing activities
               
Purchase and origination of finance contracts
    (48,982,384 )     (43,112,044 )
Principal payments received
    40,708,394       35,754,549  
Purchase of property and equipment, net of disposals
    (255,749 )     (165,969 )
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (8,529,739 )     (7,523,464 )
 
Financing activities
               
Issuance of notes payable — related party
    172,920       112,094  
Net proceeds from line of credit
    5,850,052       4,060,000  
Payment of dividend
    (253,359 )      
Sale of common stock
    243,321       40,173  
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    6,012,939       4,212,267  
     
     
 
Net increase in cash
    1,679,982       687,602  
Cash, beginning of period
    481,211       51,239  
     
     
 
Cash, end of period
  $ 2,161,193     $ 738,841  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-21


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

 
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
December 31, 2003
 
1. Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Nicholas Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-QSB pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended in Article 10 of Regulation SB. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2004. For further information, refer to the condensed consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2003.

 
2. Revenue Recognition

      Interest income on finance receivables is recognized using the interest method. Accrual of interest income on finance receivables is suspended when a loan is contractually delinquent for 60 days or more or the collateral is repossessed, whichever is earlier.

      The Company attributes all of its dealer discount and a portion of unearned income to a reserve for credit losses. Such amounts reduce the interest recognized over the life of the contract. The Company receives a commission for selling add-on services to consumer borrowers and amortizes the commission, net of the related costs, over the term of the loan using the interest method. The Company’s net fees charged for processing a loan are recognized as an adjustment to the yield and are amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method.

      The amount of future unearned income represents the amount of finance charges the Company expects to fully earn over the life of the current portfolio, and is computed as the product of the contract rate, the contract term, and the contract amount. The Company aggregates the contracts purchased during a three-month period for all of its branch locations. After the analysis of purchase date accounting is complete, any uncollectable amounts would be contemplated in the allowance for credit losses.

F-22


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3. Earnings Per Share

      Basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of common stock equivalents such as options, warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share includes the effects of dilutive options, warrants, and convertible securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed as follows:

                                     
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Numerator for earnings per share —
net income
  $ 1,306,039     $ 1,009,166     $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486  
     
     
     
     
 
Denominator:
                               
 
Denominator for basic earnings per share — weighted average shares
    5,064,623       5,003,592       5,036,730       5,004,470  
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                               
   
Employee stock options
    374,366       274,025       359,085       307,607  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Denominator for diluted earnings per share
    5,438,989       5,277,617       5,395,815       5,312,077  
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — basic
  $ 0.26     $ 0.20     $ 0.74     $ 0.62  
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — diluted
  $ 0.24     $ 0.19     $ 0.69     $ 0.58  
     
     
     
     
 
 
4. Finance Receivables

      Finance receivables consist of automobile finance installment contracts and direct consumer loans and are detailed as follows:

           
Finance receivables, gross contract
  $ 147,649,215  
Less: Unearned interest
    (34,935,642 )
     
 
Finance receivables, net of unearned interest
    112,713,573  
 
Dealer discounts
    (13,593,218 )
 
Allowance for credit losses
    (6,285,283 )
     
 
Finance receivables, net
  $ 92,835,072  
     
 

      The terms of the receivables range from 12 to 60 months and bear a weighted average effective interest rate of approximately 24%.

 
5. Line of Credit

      The Company has a $75 million Line of Credit facility (the Line) which expires on November 30, 2004. The Company may borrow the lesser of the $75 million or amounts based upon formulas principally related to a percentage of eligible finance receivables, as defined. Borrowings under the Line may be under various LIBOR pricing options or at the prime rate plus twenty-five basis points. Prime rate based borrowings are generally less than $5 million. Pledged as collateral for this credit facility are all of the assets of Nicholas Financial, Inc. As of December 31, 2003 the outstanding amount of the credit facility was approximately $66 million and the amount available under the line of credit was approximately $9 million. As of December 31, 2003 the Company was in full compliance with all debt covenants.

F-23


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
6. Notes Payable — Related Party

      The Company’s notes payable consist of unsecured notes bearing interest at 6.29% with principal and interest due within 30-days upon demand. The notes totaled $981,530 at December 31, 2003 and are held by a related party.

7.     Derivatives and Hedging

      The Company is party to interest rate swap agreements which are derivative instruments. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of the future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.

      The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. At December 31, 2003 $50,000,000 of the Company’s borrowings have been designated as the hedged items to interest rate swap agreements. Under the swap agreements, the Company received an average variable rate of 3.35% and 4.08% and paid an average fixed rate of 5.73% and 7.07% during the three months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Under the swap agreements, the Company received an average variable rate of 3.45% and 3.98% and paid an average fixed rate of 6.03% and 6.93% during the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. A loss of $1,351,076 related to the fair value of the swaps at December 31, 2003 has been recorded in the caption derivatives on the balance sheet. Amounts of net losses on derivative instruments expected to be reclassified from comprehensive income to earnings in the next 12 months are not expected to be material. The Company has also entered into one forward locking swap included in the table below.

      The Company has entered into the following cash-flow hedges:

                                 
Notional Fixed Rate
Date Entered Effective Date Amount Of Interest Maturity Date





May 17, 2000
    May 17, 2000     $ 10,000,000       6.87 %     May 17, 2004  
October 5, 2001
    October 5, 2001     $ 10,000,000       3.85 %     October 5, 2004  
June 28, 2002
    June 28, 2002     $ 10,000,000       3.83 %     July 2, 2005  
January 6, 2003
    April 2, 2003     $ 10,000,000       3.35 %     April 2, 2007  
January 31, 2003
    August 1, 2003     $ 10,000,000       3.20 %     August 2, 2006  
February 26, 2003
    May 17, 2004     $ 10,000,000       3.91 %     May 19, 2008  

      The Company has also entered into various interest rate option agreements with maturities through May 17, 2004.

      The Company utilizes the above noted interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate exposure. The swaps effectively convert a portion of the Company’s floating rate debt to a fixed rate, more closely matching the interest rate characteristics of the Company’s finance receivables. There has historically been no ineffectiveness associated with the Company’s hedges.

F-24


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8.     Stock Options

      The Company has an employee stock incentive plan for officers, directors and key employees under which 548,066 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance as of December 31, 2003. Options currently granted by the Company generally vest over a five-year period.

      As permitted under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transaction and Disclosure” which amended SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, the Company has elected to continue to follow the intrinsic value method in accounting for its stock-based employee compensation arrangements as defined by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related interpretations including FASB Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation”, an interpretation of APB. 25. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in operations, as all options granted under those plans have an exercise price equal to or above the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

      The fair value method uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine compensation expense associated with the Company’s options. The follow table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation:

                                   
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Net Income
  $ 1,306,039     $ 1,009,166     $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486  
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.26     $ 0.20     $ 0.74     $ 0.62  
 
Fully diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.24     $ 0.19     $ 0.69     $ 0.58  
Stock based employee compensation cost under the Fair Value Method
  $ 10,509     $ 15,282     $ 32,535     $ 59,594  
Pro forma net income
  $ 1,295,530     $ 993,884     $ 3,688,371     $ 3,018,892  
 
Pro forma basic earnings per share
  $ 0.26     $ 0.19     $ 0.73     $ 0.60  
 
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.24     $ 0.18     $ 0.68     $ 0.57  

9.     Comprehensive Income

      The Company is party to interest rate swap agreements which are derivative instruments. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

F-25


Table of Contents

NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table reconciles net income with comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

                                 
Three Months Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Net income
  $ 1,306,039     $ 1,009,166     $ 3,720,906     $ 3,078,486  
Mark to market — interest rate swaps (net of tax)
    361,673       80,676       561,300       (573,911 )
     
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive income
  $ 1,667,712     $ 1,089,842     $ 4,282,206     $ 2,504,575  
     
     
     
     
 

F-26


Table of Contents



          You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give information that is not contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    5  
Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    11  
Use of Proceeds
    11  
Selling Shareholders
    12  
Capitalization
    14  
Market for Common Stock
    15  
Dividend Policy
    15  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    17  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    19  
Business
    29  
Description of Securities
    36  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
    38  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
    38  
Underwriting
    39  
Legal Matters
    40  
Experts
    40  
Where You May Find More Information
    40  
Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements
    F-1  





(NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC. LOGO)

2,400,000 Shares

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

April   , 2004




Table of Contents

PART II

 
Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

      The expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:

         
SEC registration fee
  $ 3,200  
NASD fee
    3,025  
Printing and engraving
    25,000  
Legal and Accounting fees
    300,000  
Transfer agent fee
    5,000  
Blue sky fees and expenses
    5,000  
Miscellaneous
    58,775  
     
 
Total
  $ 400,000  

      All of the above expenses, except the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee, are estimates. All of the above expenses will be paid by us.

 
Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      Our Articles provide that, subject to the provisions of the British Columbia Business Corporations Act (the “B.C. Act”), we shall indemnify our directors and former directors and their heirs and personal representatives against all costs, charges and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by an indemnified party, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment in a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which they are made a party by reason of being or having been a director, including any action brought by us. Our Articles also provide that our directors may cause us to indemnify, to the same extent as for directors, any officer, employee or agent of ours or any director, officer, employee or agent of our subsidiaries.

      Under the current provisions of the B.C. Act, effective March 29, 2004, in order for a director or officer to be indemnified, generally the director or officer must have:

        (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and
 
        (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding, had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.

      Under the B.C. Act, prior court approval generally is not a requirement for indemnification, except in the case of a proceeding brought against the director or officer by the Company (normally, a derivative action). The B.C. Act also permits the Company to pay the expenses of a director or officer in an ongoing proceeding, provided that the Company first receives an undertaking to repay those expenses if it is finally determined that the director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith or with a reasonable belief that his or her conduct was lawful, as the case may be. If the director or officer is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the outcome of the particular proceeding, or substantially successful on the merits only, the Company must pay the expenses incurred by the director or officer.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.

      Our underwriting agreement with the underwriter of this offering includes indemnification provisions. Pursuant to these provisions, we will be obligated to indemnify the underwriter, their controlling persons and certain other persons from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Likewise, the underwriter will be obligated to indemnify us, our controlling persons and certain other

II-1


Table of Contents

persons (such as our officers and directors) from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Item 16. Exhibits

      See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 
Item 17. Undertakings

      (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification. against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by its is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has duly caused this amended registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Clearwater, State of Florida, on April 7, 2004.

  NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

  By:  /s/ PETER L. VOSOTAS
 
  Peter L. Vosotas
  Chairman of the Board,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

             
Title Date


 
/s/ PETER L. VOSOTAS

Peter L. Vosotas
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   April 7, 2004
 
/s/ RALPH T. FINKENBRINK

Ralph T. Finkenbrink
  Senior Vice President-Finance,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
and a Director
  April 7, 2004
 
*

Stephen M. Bragin
  Director   April 7, 2004
 
*

Alton R. Neal
  Director   April 7, 2004
 
*By:    /s/ PETER L. VOSOTAS

Peter L. Vosotas
Attorney-in-Fact
       

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit No. Description


  1     Form of Underwriting Agreement between Nicholas Financial, Inc. and Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
  5     Opinion of Salley Bowes Harwardt, Vancouver, Canada as to the legality of the securities to be issued
  10 .1   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 1, 2000*
  10 .2   Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement, dated March 16, 2001*
  10 .3   Amendment No. 2 to Loan Agreement, dated July 31, 2001*
  10 .4   Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement, dated June 27, 2002*
  10 .5   Employee Stock Option Plan**
  10 .6   Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan***
  10 .7   Employment Contract, dated November 22, 1999, between Nicholas Financial, Inc. and Ralph Finkenbrink, Senior Vice President of Finance*
  10 .8   Employment Contract, dated March 16, 2001, between Nicholas Financial, Inc. and Peter L. Vosotas, President and Chief Executive Officer*
  10 .9   Form of Dealer Agreement and Schedule thereto listing dealers that are parties to such agreements*
  10 .10   ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of March 30, 1999, between Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and Nicholas Financial, Inc. (including Schedule thereto).
  10 .11   Form of Letter Agreement (confirming terms and conditions of Swap Transaction under the Master Agreement referred to in Exhibit 10.10 above) and Schedule thereto listing variable terms of outstanding Swap Transactions
  16 .1   Letter of Ernst & Young LLP dated October 2, 2003****
  16 .2   Letter of Crisp Hughes Evans LLP dated March 4, 2004*
  23 .1   Consent of Salley Bowes Harwardt, Vancouver, Canada (included in its opinion in Exhibit 5)
  23 .2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  24     Powers of Attorney*


  Previously filed.

  **  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 30, 1999 (SEC File. No. 333-81967).

***  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 30, 1999 (SEC File. No. 333-81961).

****  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 3, 2003 (SEC File No. 000-26680).

EXHIBIT 1

Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Common Stock

(no par value)

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


April ___, 2004

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
100 Light Street, 8th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Section 1. Introductory.

Subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, Nicholas Financial, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of British Columbia, Canada (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to Ferris Baker Watts, Incorporated (the "Underwriter") an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of its common stock, no par value (the "Common Stock"), and the stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto (the "Selling Stockholders") propose severally to sell an aggregate of 900,000 shares of Common Stock (such 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock being hereafter referred to as the "Firm Common Shares").

In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional 360,000 shares of Common Stock, as provided in
Section 3 (such additional shares, the "Optional Common Shares"). The Firm Common Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Common Shares are collectively called the "Common Shares").

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-2 (File No. 333-113215), which contains a form of prospectus, subject to completion, to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Common Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it was declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the "Securities Act"), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to the Securities Act or any rule


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 2 of 38

promulgated thereunder, is called the "Registration Statement." Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is called the "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement," and from and after the date and time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the term "Registration Statement" shall include any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The prospectus in the form included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective or, if the prospectus included in the Registration Statement omits certain information in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such information is thereafter included in a prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act or as part of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement after the Registration Statement becomes effective, the prospectus as so filed, is referred to in this Agreement as the "Prospectus." Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the 462(b) Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-2 under the Securities Act, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or the date of such Prospectus, as the case may be, as such documents are modified or superseded by such Prospectus (the "Incorporated Documents"). For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, the 462(b) Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus or to any amendment or supplement thereto shall be deemed to include any copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR).

Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, severally but not jointly, hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriter as follows:

Section 2. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Underwriter on the date hereof and shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Underwriter on each Closing Date as follows:

(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission and has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act and no post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed as of the date of this Agreement. The Company has complied with all written requests of the Commission
(and all oral requests of the Commission to an executive officer of the Company) for additional or supplemental information relating to the Registration Statement. The Company has not received any notice that a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission or that any proceedings for such purpose have been instituted by the Commission and, to the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 3 of 38

Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed and any supplement or amendment thereto when filed with the Commission under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act complied or will comply, as the case may be, in all material respects as to form with the Securities Act and at any such time did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Registration Statement (including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement), in the form it became effective, and any post-effective amendment thereto in the form it becomes effective, complied or will comply, as the case may be, as to form in all material respects with the Securities Act and at any such time did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement) or any post-effective amendment thereto, any preliminary prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Underwriter furnished to the Company.

(ii) Offering Materials Furnished to the Underwriter. The Company has delivered to the Underwriter a complete manually signed copy of the Registration Statement and of each consent filed as a part thereof, and conformed copies of the Registration Statement (without exhibits) and preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in such quantities and at such places as the Underwriter has reasonably requested.

(iii) Exhibits; Material Contracts. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required. The contracts so described in the Prospectus to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company, and are enforceable against and by the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general principles of equity or the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable principles. Neither the Company, nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any other party is in material breach of or material default under any of such contracts.

(iv) No Brokerage Commissions, etc. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or the Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 4 of 38

(v) The Underwriting Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

(vi) Authorization of the Common Shares. The Common Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement; all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are, and, when the Common Shares have been issued and delivered by the Company to the Underwriter against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(vii) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. There are no persons other than the Selling Stockholders with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly satisfied or waived.

(viii) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in such Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise (any such change or development is called a "Material Adverse Change"); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and
(iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company, except for dividends or distributions paid to the Company or its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock or other equity interests, or repurchases or redemptions by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock or other equity interests.

(ix) Independent Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, who has expressed its opinions with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) filed with the Commission as a part of or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus, are, to the Company's knowledge, independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act.

(x) Preparation of the Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 5 of 38

Statement and included in the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) present fairly in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly and accurately, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein. Such financial statements and supporting schedules have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement that have not been so included or incorporated. The financial data set forth in the Prospectus under the captions "Selected Financial Data" and "Capitalization" are accurately presented and prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements contained in the Registration Statement and the books and records of the Company and fairly and accurately present, in all material respects, the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of such financial statements when read in conjunction with the textual information included in those sections.

(xi) Organization and Good Standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, and is validly existing as a corporation, in good standing or of active status (if incorporated in the state of Florida) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as the case may be, and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and, in the case of the Company, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and, except as set forth in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated August 1, 2000, by and among Bank of America, as agent for the various financial institutions, the Company and the various financial institutions from time to time a party to the agreement, are owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any material security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, restriction or encumbrance. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, partnership, association or other entity other than Nicholas Financial, Inc. and Nicholas Data Services, Inc., each a Florida corporation.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 6 of 38

(xii) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" as of the date set forth therein. The capital stock of the Company (including the Common Shares) conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. Except as set forth in the Prospectus, and except for options to purchase capital stock issued pursuant to the Nicholas Financial, Inc. Employee Stock Option Plan and the Nicholas Financial, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, the Company does not have outstanding on the date hereof and each Closing Date any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any Common Stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(xiii) Exchange Act Registration; Stock Exchange Listing. The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System (the "Nasdaq NMS"), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the Nasdaq NMS, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the Nasdaq NMS is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. Application has been made to list the Common Shares being sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the Nasdaq NMS, and as of the Closing Date with respect thereto, the Common Shares being sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq NMS, subject to official notice of issuance.

(xiv) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in breach of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would constitute a breach of or default under) ("Default"), its respective articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership or partnership agreement, as the case may be, or in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any license, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or their respective properties is bound (each, an "Existing Instrument"), except for such Defaults which would not result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 7 of 38

the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a Default or Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below), or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would result in a Material Adverse Change, pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument, where the failure to obtain such consent would result in a Material Adverse Change and (iii) will not result in any material violation of any material law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would result in a Material Adverse Change. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except (i) such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act, (ii) such as may be required under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") (iii) such as may be required to list the Common Shares for trading on Nasdaq NMS.

As used herein, a "Debt Repayment Triggering Event" means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(xv) No Material Actions or Proceedings. There are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened (i) against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, or property owned or leased by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries, where in any such case (A) there is a reasonable possibility that such action, suit or proceeding might be determined adversely to the Company or such subsidiary and (B) any such action, suit or proceeding, if so determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries taken as a whole, exists or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is threatened or imminent.

(xvi) Regulatory Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to them including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), the Fair Debt Collection Act, Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act and comparable statutes in


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 8 of 38

states where the Company and its subsidiaries' customers reside, and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, the failure to comply with which would have a Material Adverse Change. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive by, or is a recipient of any extraordinary supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of any regulatory authority which restricts materially the conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus, nor has the Company or any of its subsidiaries been advised in writing by any of the regulatory authorities that it is contemplating issuing or requesting (or considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) the foregoing (nor has any executive officer of the Company been so advised, whether in writing or orally).

(xvii) Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, licenses, approvals, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Rights") reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted as described in the Prospectus; and the expected expiration of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a Material Adverse Change. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice (nor has any executive officer of the Company been notified orally) of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others, which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Change, and to the Company's knowledge, no such infringements or conflicts exist.

(xviii) All Necessary Permits, etc. The Company and each of its subsidiaries possesses such valid and current certificates, authorizations, licenses, registrations and permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) (collectively, the "Governmental Licenses") except where the failure to possess Governmental License would not result in a Material Adverse Change; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where such noncompliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Change; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where such invalidity would not have a Material Adverse Change; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Change.

(xix) Tax Law Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company and any subsidiary with respect to all periods ended prior to the date


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 9 of 38

hereof, except where the failure to file would not have a Material Adverse Change, or have properly requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid by them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them, except such, if any, that are being contested in good faith. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in
Section 2(a)(x) above in respect of all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined.

(xx) Company Not an "Investment Company." The Company is not, and after receipt of payment for the Common Shares will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act").

(xxi) Insurance. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able to (i) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted as described in the Prospectus. During the past five years, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxii) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation. Other than excepted activity pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or controlling persons has taken any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Common Shares or which is otherwise prescribed by Regulation M promulgated by the Commission.

(xxiii) Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or transactions, direct or indirect, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the one hand, and the directors, officers, or five percent stockholders of the Company, on the other hand, required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which have not been described as required or incorporated by reference therein.

(xxiv) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

(xxv) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, or except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, the Company and its subsidiaries
(i) have been and are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), (ii) have received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws, to conduct their business as described in the Prospectus and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 10 of 38

Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Change. There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Change. To the Company's knowledge, there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and, to the Company's knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against the Company, its subsidiaries, or any of its predecessors in interest relating to hazardous materials or any Environmental Laws. To the Company's knowledge, no property that is or has been owned, leased or occupied by the Company or its subsidiaries has been designated as a Superfund Site pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation of Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et. seq. "CERCLA") or otherwise designated as a contaminated site under applicable state or local law and the Company has not been named as a "potentially responsible party" under CERCLA.

As used herein, "Environmental Law" means any federal, state or local environmental law, statute, bylaw, ordinance, rule or regulation, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 9601-9675 ("CERCLA"), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1801-1819, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 6901-K, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1101-11050, the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. (S)(S) 2601-2671, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. (S)(S) 136-136y, the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 7401-7642, the Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act), 33 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1251-1387, the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)(S) 300f-300j-26, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. (S)(S) 651-678, and any analogous state laws, as any of the above have been amended as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date and in the regulations promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing (including environmental statutes and laws not specifically defined herein) (individually, an "Environmental Law" and collectively, the "Environmental Laws").

(xxvi) ERISA Compliance. Any "employee benefit plan" (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, "ERISA")) established or maintained by the Company or its ERISA Affiliates (as defined below) that is subject to ERISA (individually,


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 11 of 38

an "ERISA Plan") is in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. "ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code of which the Company is a member. No "reportable event" (as defined under ERISA) has occurred with respect to any ERISA Plan. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, no ERISA Plan, if such ERISA Plan were terminated, would have any "amount of unfunded benefit liabilities" (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any ERISA Plan or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each ERISA Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to its qualified status and nothing has occurred since the date of such letter, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(xxvii) Offering. In connection with this offering, the Company has not offered and will not offer shares of its Common Stock or any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in a manner in violation of the Securities Act; the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, other than a preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, and other materials permitted by the Securities Act.

(xxviii) Broker/Dealer. The Company (i) is not required to register as a "broker" or "dealer" in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder, and (ii)except as previously disclosed to the Underwriter in writing, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director or officer of the Company or its subsidiaries directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, or has any other association with (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(m) of the By-laws of the NASD), any member firm of the NASD.

(xxix) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company, nor to the Company's knowledge any other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, including, without limitation, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company, has, directly or indirectly, while acting on behalf of the Company (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any other unlawful payment or established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded funds in violation of Section 30A of the Exchange Act required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 12 of 38

(xxx) Internal Controls. The Company is in compliance with the provisions of Section 13(b) of the Exchange Act.

(xxxi) Books and Records. The minute books of the Company contain accurate and complete records of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, the stockholders, the Company's board of directors and committees of the Company's board of directors, and no meeting of any of such stockholders, the Company's board of directors or such committees has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books.

(xxxiii) Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriter shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters set forth therein.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders represents and warrants as of the date hereof as follows:

(i) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and a Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney (as defined herein) by such Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, including by all necessary corporate action if the Selling Stockholder is a corporation. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles.

(ii) Selling Stockholder Documents. The Custodian (as defined herein) is authorized to deliver the Firm Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder hereunder and to accept payment therefor.

(iii) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by each Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by each Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by each Selling Stockholder and _____________________, as Custodian (the "Custodian"), relating to the deposit of the Common Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders (the "Custody Agreement") and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as each Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the "Power of Attorney") will not result in (A) any material violation of any material law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to such Selling Stockholder, (B) the violation of the provisions of the charter , bylaws or other organizational documents of any Selling Stockholder (if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation) or (C) a conflict with any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over any Selling Stockholder. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 13 of 38

the performance by any Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of any Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained or such as may be required by the securities or blue sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Common Shares.

(iv) Good Title to Shares. Each Selling Stockholder has, and on the first Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) will have, valid title to the Common Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to sell, transfer and deliver the Common Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.

(v) Delivery of Common Shares. Delivery of the Common Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement will pass title to such Common Shares free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances.

(vi) Share Certificates. Certificates for all of the Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed in custody with the Custodian with irrevocable conditional instructions to deliver such Firm Shares to the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

(vii) NASD. No Selling Stockholder nor any affiliate of a Selling Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, or has any other association with (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(m) of the By-laws of the NASD), any member firm of the NASD.

(viii) Warrants and Options. No Selling Stockholder has granted with respect to the Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement, and the Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement are not subject to, any option, warrant, put, call, right of first refusal or other right to acquire or purchase any such Firm Shares other than pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required under Section 409(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

(ix) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation. Other than excepted activity pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, no Selling Stockholder has taken any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Common Shares or which is otherwise prescribed by Regulation M promulgated by the Commission.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 14 of 38

(x) Disclosure by Selling Stockholder in Registration Statement. The portion of the Registration Statement comprised of the table and the notes thereto under the caption "Selling Stockholders" in the form supplied to the Selling Stockholder, insofar as such portion specifically relates to each Selling Stockholder, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Common Shares.

(a) The Firm Common Shares. On the basis of the agreements herein, but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder (each, a "Seller" and collectively, the "Sellers"), severally and not jointly, agrees to sell to the Underwriter the Firm Common Shares upon the terms herein set forth. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriter agrees to purchase from such Seller the Firm Common Shares. The purchase price per Firm Common Share to be paid by the Underwriter to the Sellers shall be $___ per share.

(b) The First Closing Date. Delivery of the Firm Common Shares to be purchased by the Underwriter and payment therefor shall be made at such place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Underwriter at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time, on April ___, 2004, or such other time and date as the Underwriter and the Company shall agree (the time and date of such closing are called the "First Closing Date"), but in no event more than four business days after the date of this Agreement.

(c) The Optional Common Shares; the Second Closing Date. In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriter to purchase up to an aggregate of 360,000 Optional Common Shares from the Company at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriter for the Firm Common Shares. The options granted hereunder are for use by the Underwriter solely in covering any over-allotments in connection with the sale and distribution of the Firm Common Shares. The options granted hereunder may be exercised at any time upon notice by the Underwriter to the Company, which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement. Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Common Shares as to which the Underwriter is exercising the option, (ii) the names and denominations in which the certificates for the Optional Common Shares are to be registered and (iii) the time, date and place at which such certificates will be delivered (which time and date may not be earlier than the First Closing Date; and in the case that such date is simultaneous with the First Closing Date, the


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 15 of 38

term "First Closing Date" shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Common Shares and the Optional Common Shares). Such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called the "Second Closing Date" and shall be determined by the Underwriter and shall not be earlier than three nor later than ten full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. (The First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date are sometimes referred to herein as a "Closing Date".) The Underwriter agrees to purchase the number of Optional Common Shares with respect to which the Underwriter exercised the option on the Second Closing Date. The Underwriter may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company and each Selling Stockholder.

(d) Public Offering of the Common Shares. The Underwriter hereby advises the Company that the Underwriter intends to offer for sale to the public, as described in the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Common Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Underwriter, in its sole judgment, has determined is advisable and practicable.

(e) Payment for the Common Shares. Payment for the Common Shares shall be made by the Underwriter at the applicable Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available Federal funds to the order of each Seller.

(f) Delivery of the Common Shares. The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Underwriter certificates for the Firm Common Shares, against the irrevocable release of a wire transfer of immediately available Federal funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Company also shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Underwriter certificates requested for the Optional Common Shares the Underwriter has agreed to purchase at the applicable Closing Date against the irrevocable release of a wire transfer of immediately available Federal funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The certificates for the Common Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and denominations as the Underwriter shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the applicable Closing Date and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the applicable Closing Date at a location the Underwriter may reasonably designate. Delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriter.

(g) Delivery of Prospectus to the Underwriter. Not later than 12:00
p.m. on the second business day following the date the Common Shares are first released by the Underwriter for sale to the public, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered, copies of the Prospectus in such quantities and at such places as the Underwriter shall request, which request shall be received no later than the effective date of the Registration Statement.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 16 of 38

Section 4. Additional Covenants. The Company ovenants and agrees with the Underwriter as follows:

(a) Underwriter's Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During such period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the latest Closing Date or such date, as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriter or dealer (the "Prospectus Delivery Period"), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement (including any registration statement filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriter for review a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriter reasonably objects.

(b) Securities Act Compliance. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Underwriter in writing of (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission relating to the Registration Statement, (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Common Stock from any securities exchange upon which it is listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A and 434, as applicable, under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under such Rule 424(b) were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

(c) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriter or counsel for the Underwriter it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company agrees to promptly notify the Underwriter and to promptly prepare (subject to Section 4(a)


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 17 of 38

hereof), file with the Commission and furnish at its own expense to the Underwriter and to dealers, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law. Neither the Underwriter's consent to, nor the its delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in
Section 6.

(d) Copies of any Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus. The Company agrees to furnish the Underwriter, without charge and in as many copies as the Underwriter reasonably requests, (i) during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) signed copies of each Registration Statement, which will include all exhibits, (iii) each related preliminary prospectus, and (iv) copies of the Incorporated Documents, including exhibits.

(e) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Common Shares for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter designates and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution, except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith to qualify a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process. The filing fees incurred in connection with such filings will be paid by the Company. The Company will advise the Underwriter promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Common Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(f) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Common Shares sold by it in the manner described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

(g) Transfer Agent. The Company shall maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock.

(h) Earning Statement. As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Underwriter an earning statement (which need not be audited) covering the twelve-month period that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, "Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of the


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 18 of 38

fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the date on which the Registration Statement became effective, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company's fiscal year, "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

(i) Periodic Reporting Obligations. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act.

(j) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Securities. During the period of 120 days following the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of the Underwriter), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer or establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Common Shares); provided, however, that the Company may (i) issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding on the date hereof, as set forth in the Prospectus, (ii) grant options to purchase Common Stock and issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options, in both cases, pursuant to any stock option plan or arrangements, or issue shares of Common Stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company's employee benefit plans existing on the date hereof, and (iii) issue shares of Common Stock in payment of all or a portion of the purchase price for properties acquired from sellers who are not affiliates of the Company. In addition, each Selling Stockholder, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, it will not, during the period ending 120 days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(k) Future Reports to the Underwriter. During the period of three years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Underwriter at c/o Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, 100 Light Street, 8th Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, Attention: Steven L. Shea (i) at the same time as distributed to the Company's stockholders after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company's independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-KSB or 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB or 10-Q, Current


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 19 of 38

Report on Form 8-K or other report filed by the Company with the Commission or the Nasdaq NMS; (iii) at the same time as mailed to the Company's stockholders, copies of any report or communication of the Company mailed generally to holders of its capital stock; and (iv) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

(l) Statement Regarding Certain Events. If at any time prior to 30 days after the Registration Statement becomes effective, any publication or event relating to or affecting the Company shall occur as a result of which in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriter the market price of the Common Shares has been or is likely to be materially affected (regardless of whether such publication or event necessitates a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus) and after written notice from the Underwriter advising the Company to the effect set forth above, the Company agrees to forthwith prepare, consult with the Underwriter concerning the substance of, and disseminate a press release or other public statement, reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter, responding to or commenting on such publication or event.

(m) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will not, and the Company will use its best efforts to cause its officers, directors and affiliates not to, take, directly or indirectly prior to the termination of the underwriting syndicate contemplated by this Agreement, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or which may cause or result in, or which might reasonably be expected to result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Common Shares.

Section 5. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits), as originally filed and as amended, the preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, and the cost of furnishing copies thereof to the Underwriter; (ii) the issuance and delivery of the Common Shares to the Underwriter, including any transfer taxes payable upon the sale of the Common Shares to the Underwriter (other than transfer taxes on resales by the Underwriter); (iii) the fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel and accountants; (iv) the filing fees in connection with the qualification of the Common Shares under the applicable securities laws in accordance with Section 4(b) and (e) hereof and any filing fee in connection with the review of the offering with the NASD, (v) the transfer agent's and registrar's fees and all miscellaneous expenses referred to in Part II of the Registration Statement and (vi) costs related to travel and lodging incurred by the Company and its employees relating to meetings with and presentations to prospective purchasers of the


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 20 of 38

Common Shares. The Company, upon the request of the Underwriter, will provide funds in advance for filing fees in connection with "blue sky" qualifications and the NASD.

Section 6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriter. The obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Common Shares as provided herein on any Closing Date shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties in all material respects on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders set forth in Section 2 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Common Shares, the accuracy of the representations and warranties in all material respects on the part of the Company as set forth in
Section 2 hereof as of the Second Closing Date, as though then made; to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder; and to each of the following additional conditions:

(a) Accountants' Comfort Letters. On the date hereof, the Underwriter shall have received from Dixon Hughes PLLC, independent public accountants for the Company, letters dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, including the Incorporated Documents.

(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from NASD. For the period from and after effectiveness of this Agreement and prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Common Shares, the Second Closing Date:

(i) The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective, and the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission not later than the Commission's close of business on the second business day following the date hereof or such later time and date to which the Underwriter shall have consented. The Company shall have complied with any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise);

(ii) The Common Stock shall have begun trading on the Nasdaq NMS, and the Common Shares shall have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq NMS;

(iii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any order preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto shall have been issued, and no


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 21 of 38

proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company or the Underwriter, shall be contemplated or threatened by the Commission;

(iv) the NASD shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements;

(v) the Common Shares shall have been qualified under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter shall have designated or an exemption therefrom shall be available;

(vi) no stop orders suspending the sale of the Common Shares in any jurisdiction referred to in Section 4(e) shall have been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company or the Underwriter, shall be contemplated or threatened by the officials of any such jurisdiction; and

(c) No Material Adverse Change. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Common Shares, the Second Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as one enterprise which, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Common Shares.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. On each Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the opinion of Foley & Lardner, LLP, United States counsel for the Company, and of Salley Bower Harwardt, Canadian counsel for the Company dated as of such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter.

(e) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriter. On each Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable opinion of Neuberger, Quinn, Gielen, Rubin & Gibber, P.A., counsel for the Underwriter, dated as of such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter.

(g) Officers' Certificate. On each Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received a written certificate executed by (i) the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company and (ii) the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect set forth in subsection (b)(ii) of this Section 6, and further to the effect that:


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 22 of 38

(i) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or post-effective amendment thereto or suspending the use of any Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of each such person, are contemplated or threatened under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities or blue sky statute or regulation, and any and all filings required by Rule 424, Rule 430A and Rule 462(b) have been timely made;

(ii) the Registration Statement and Prospectus and, if any, each amendment and each supplement thereto, contain all statements and information required by the Securities Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder to be included therein, and neither the Registration Statement or the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading

(iii) for the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to such Closing Date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;

(iv) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such Closing Date, except that, to the extent any representations and warranties are qualified by terms such as "material," "materially," "material adverse effect" or "Material Adverse Change," such representations and warranties will be true and correct in all respects; and

(v) the Company has performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and agreements hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letters. On each Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received from Dixon Hughes PLLC, independent public accountants for the Company, letters dated such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letters furnished by them pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 6, except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or Second Closing Date, as the case may be.

(i) Lock-Up Agreements. On or before the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriter an agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto from certain Selling Stockholders and directors and executive officers of the Company whose names are set


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 23 of 38

forth on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each Closing Date.

(j) Selling Stockholders' Certificates. The Underwriter shall have received on each Closing Date, a certificate, dated as of such Closing Date and signed by the Attorney-in-Fact of each Selling Stockholder, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of such Closing Date and that the Selling Stockholders have complied in all material respects with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before such Closing Date.

(k) Selling Stockholder Documents. On the date hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished for review by the Underwriter copies of the Powers of Attorney and Custody Agreements executed by each of the Selling Stockholders and such further information, certificates and documents as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

(l) Additional Documents. On or before each Closing Date, the Underwriter and counsel for the Underwriter shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Common Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the material accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.

If any condition specified in this Section 6 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriter by notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Common Shares, at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 5, Section 9 and
Section 10 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

Section 7. Reimbursement of Underwriter's Expenses. If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriter pursuant to Section 6 or if the sale to the Underwriter of the Common Shares on any Closing Date is not consummated because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees, (subject to the last sentence of this Section 7), to reimburse the Underwriter, upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Underwriter in connection with the proposed purchase and offering and sale of the Common Shares, including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, and facsimile and telephone charges. It is acknowledged and agreed that any


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 24 of 38

payments to which the Underwriter may be entitled under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any such payments to which the Underwriter may otherwise be entitled under Section 5.

Section 8. [Intentionally left blank]

Section 9. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriter. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter and its officers, directors, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or reasonable expense, to which the Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based (i) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, including any information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the Securities Act or any rule promulgated thereunder, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to reimburse the Underwriter and each such person for any and all expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Underwriter by the Underwriter or such person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter or any Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), as the same is described in Section 9(d) below; and provided, further, that with respect to any preliminary prospectus, the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of the Underwriter, if the person asserting any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense purchased Common Shares from the Underwriter, or any person controlling the Underwriter, if copies of the Prospectus were timely delivered to the Underwriter pursuant to
Section 3 and a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 25 of 38

not sent or given by or on behalf of the Underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Common Shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification of the Underwriter by the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

(c) Indemnification of the Company by the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

(d) Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers. The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholders, each


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 26 of 38

of the Company's directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, to which the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Underwriter), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or arises out of or is based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in light of the circumstances in which they were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), based on written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. The Company acknowledges that the statements with respect to the public offering of the Securities set forth under the caption "Underwriting" have been furnished by the Underwriter to the Company expressly for use therein and constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriter for inclusion in the Prospectus. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 9(d) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Underwriter may otherwise have.

(e) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 9, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party for contribution or otherwise under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 9 to the extent it is not prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 27 of 38

indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and counsel to the indemnifying party shall have concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party's election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel) representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(f) Settlements. The indemnifying party under this Section 9 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(g) Limitations on Selling Stockholder Liability. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under this Section 9 shall not exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Selling Stockholders from the sale of Firm Shares by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriter hereunder. The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, as among


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 28 of 38

themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriter under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.

Section 10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, from the offering of the Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company or a Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company or a Selling Stockholder, and the total underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriter, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Common Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company or a Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriter, on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(e), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 9(e) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 10; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 9(e) for purposes of indemnification.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 29 of 38

The Company and the Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 10.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriter in connection with the Common Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 10, each officer and employee of the Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriter, each officer and employee of a Selling Shareholder, (if the Selling Shareholder is an entity) shall have the same rights as to contribution as such Selling Shareholder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

Section 11. [Intentionally left blank]

Section 12. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriter by notice given to the Company if at any time (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company's securities shall have been refused, suspended, or limited by the Commission or by the Nasdaq NMS, or trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq NMS or the New York Stock Exchange has been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges by the Commission or the NASD; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any federal, or New York authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or in the United States' or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to market the Common Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Underwriter may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured; or Any termination pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to the Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 30 of 38

expenses of the Underwriter pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (b) the Underwriter to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, or (c) of any party hereto to any other party.

Section 13. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of the Company's officers, of any of the Selling Stockholders and of the Underwriter set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect according to the applicable statute of limitations, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, Selling Stockholder or the Company or any of its or their officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be.

Section 14. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

If to the Underwriter:

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
100 Light Street, 8th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202

Facsimile: (410) 659-4632
Attention: Steven L. Shea

with a copy to:

Neuberger, Quinn, Gielen, Rubin & Gibber, P.A.

One South Street, 27th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202-3282

Facsimile: (410) 332-8594
Attention: Christopher D. Olander, Esquire

If to the Company:

Nicholas Financial, Inc.

2454 McMullen Booth Road
Building C, Suite 501B
Clearwater, Florida 33759
Facsimile: (727) 726-2140
Attention: Peter L. Vosotas


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 31 of 38

with a copy to:

Foley & Lardner LLP
321 North Clark Street, Ste. 2800 Chicago, IL 60610
Facsimile: (310) 832-4700
Attention: Todd B. Pfister

If to the Selling Stockholders:






Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

Section 15. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and to the benefit of the employees, officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 9 and Section 10, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term "successors" shall not include any purchaser of the Common Shares as such from the Underwriter merely by reason of such purchase.

Section 16. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

Section 17. Governing Law Provisions.

(a) Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware and applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 32 of 38

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby ("Related Proceedings") may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the State of _______ the courts of the State of Florida (collectively, the "Specified Courts"), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a "Related Judgment"), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party's address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(c) Waiver of Immunity. With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

Section 18. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions of Section 9 and the contribution provisions of
Section 10, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 33 of 38

hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 hereto fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements thereto), as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.


Nicholas Financial, Inc.

Ferris Baker Watts, Inc.
April ___, 2004

Page 34 of 38

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

Nicholas Financial, Inc.

By:

Name:


Title:

The Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule A hereto, acting severally

By:
, Attorney-in-Fact

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Underwriter as of the date first above written.

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated

By:
Name:
Title:

SCHEDULE A

                                          NUMBER OF FIRM
   SELLING STOCKHOLDER               COMMON SHARES TO BE SOLD
   -------------------               ------------------------
Peter L. Vosotas Family Trust ....                  500,000
Marvin & Ingrid Mahan ............                   45,664
Mahan Children, LLC ..............                  125,000
Mahan Family, LLC ................                  111,450
Grenma, Inc. .....................                   50,000
Roger Mahan ......................                   23,332
Roger T. Mahan Grantor Trust .....                    8,888
Kenneth & Nancy Ernst ............                   35,666

Total ............................                  900,000


EXHIBIT A
LOCK UP AGREEMENT

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated
1700 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006

Re: Nicholas Financial, Inc. (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned is an owner of record or beneficially of certain shares of Common Stock, no par value, of the Company ("Common Stock") or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock. The Company proposes to carry out a public offering of Common Stock (the "Offering") for which you will act as the Underwriter. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will be of benefit to the undersigned and will benefit the Company by, among other things, raising additional capital for its operations. The undersigned acknowledges that you are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter in carrying out the Offering and in entering into underwriting arrangements with the Company with respect to the Offering.

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby agrees that the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) by the undersigned (other than as a bona fide gift, provided that the donee thereof agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement), or publicly announce the undersigned's intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period commencing on the date hereof and continuing to and including the date that is 120 days after the effective date of the registration statement of the Company related to the Offering. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock held by the undersigned except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.


This agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the respective successors, heirs, personal representative, and assigns of the undersigned.

Dated: , 2004

Printed Name of Holder:


Signature


Printed Name of Person Signing


Capacity of Person Signing if
Signing as Custodian, Trustee, or
on Behalf of an Entity

EXHIBIT 5

Salley Bowes Harwardt
Barristers and Solicitors
Suite 1750-1185 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6E 4E6
Telephone: (604) 688-0788
Fax: (604) 688-0778
E-mail: bowes@sbh.bc.ca

April 7, 2004

Nicholas Financial, Inc.
2454 McMullen Booth Road
Building C
Clearwater, Florida 33759 U.S.A.

Dear Sirs:

We refer to the Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 333-113215), (the "Registration Statement") as amended, of Nicholas Financial, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia (the "Company"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, up to 2,760,000 shares of the Company's common stock without par value (the "Shares"). We have examined the Altered Memorandum and Articles of the Company, minutes of applicable meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company, and other records of the Company, together with the applicable certificates of public officials and other documents that we have deemed relevant in rendering this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold as contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent of the filing of our opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference made to us under the caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statement.

This opinion is limited to the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other state or jurisdiction. Nothing in this opinion letter shall be construed to cause us to be considered "experts" within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Yours truly,

Salley Bowes Harwardt


EXHIBIT 10.10

(Multicurrency-Cross Border)

ISDA(R)
INTERNATIONAL SWAP DEALERS ASSOCIATION, INC.

MASTER AGREEMENT
dated as of March 30, 1999

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION and NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a "Transaction") that are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the "Schedule"), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a "Confirmation") exchanged between the parties confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: --

1. INTERPRETATION

(a) DEFINITIONS. The terms defined in Section 14 and in the Schedule will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) INCONSISTENCY. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) SINGLE AGREEMENT. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this "Agreement"), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. OBLIGATIONS

(a) GENERAL CONDITIONS.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere to this Agreement.

(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.

Copyright (C)1992 by International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.


(b) CHANGE OF ACCOUNT. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) NETTING. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable: --

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party's obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii) above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such Transactions from such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) DEDUCTION OR WITHHOLDING FOR TAX.

(i) GROSS-UP. All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party ("X") will: --

(1) promptly notify the other party ("Y") of such requirement;

(2) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3) promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

(4) if such Tax is to Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for: --

(A) the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B) the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for
(I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

2

(ii) LIABILITY. If: --

(1) X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under
Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2) X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3) a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

(e) DEFAULT INTEREST; OTHER AMOUNTS. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

3. REPRESENTATIONS

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement) that: --

(a) BASIC REPRESENTATIONS.

(i) STATUS. It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) POWERS. It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii) NO VIOLATION OR CONFLICT. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv) CONSENTS. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v) OBLIGATIONS BINDING. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

3

(b) ABSENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d) ACCURACY OF SPECIFIED INFORMATION. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e) PAYER TAX REPRESENTATION. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(c) is accurate and true.

(f) PAYEE TAX REPRESENTATIONS. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

4. AGREEMENTS

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party: --

(a) FURNISH SPECIFIED INFORMATION. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under subparagraph (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs: --

(i) any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii) any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

(iii) upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) MAINTAIN AUTHORISATIONS. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) COMPLY WITH LAWS. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d) TAX AGREEMENT. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e) PAYMENT OF STAMP TAX. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated,

4

organised, managed and controlled, or considered to have its seat, or in which a branch or office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located ("Stamp Tax Jurisdiction") and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party's execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND TERMINATION EVENTS

(a) EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes an event of default (an "Event of Default") with respect to such party: --

(i) FAILURE TO PAY OR DELIVER. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii) BREACH OF AGREEMENT. Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(iii) CREDIT SUPPORT DEFAULT.

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document;

(iv) MISREPRESENTATION. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or (f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v) DEFAULT UNDER SPECIFIED TRANSACTION. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(vi) CROSS DEFAULT. If "Cross Default" is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however

5

described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii) BANKRUPTCY. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: --

(1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or, petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses
(1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii) MERGER WITHOUT ASSUMPTION. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer: --

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to this Agreement; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support. Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving. or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) TERMINATION EVENTS. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes an Illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in
(ii) below or a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in (iii) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event

6

Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to (iv) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to (v) below: --

(i) ILLEGALITY. Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law after such date, it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section
4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party): --

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii) TAX EVENT. Due to (x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date (1) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section
2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax
(except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B));

(iii) TAX EVENT UPON MERGER. The party (the "Burdened Party") on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under
Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Indemnifiable Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii);

(iv) CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER. If "Credit Event Upon Merger" is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, such party ("X"), any Credit Support Provider of X or any applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party); or

(v) ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT. If any "Additional Termination Event" is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) EVENT OF DEFAULT AND ILLEGALITY. If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

7

6. EARLY TERMINATION

(a) RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOLLOWING EVENT OF DEFAULT. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the "Defaulting Party") has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the "Non-defaulting Party") may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, "Automatic Early Termination" is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOLLOWING TERMINATION EVENT.

(i) NOTICE. If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) TRANSFER TO AVOID TERMINATION EVENT. If either an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section
6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, excluding immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party's policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii) TWO AFFECTED PARTIES. If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to avoid that Termination Event.

(iv) RIGHT TO TERMINATE. If: --

(1) a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section
6(b)(i); or

(2) an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,

either party in the case of an Illegality, the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party in the case of a Credit Event. Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided that the relevant Termination Event is then

8

continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(c) EFFECT OF DESIGNATION.

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

(d) CALCULATIONS.

(i) STATEMENT. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation.

(ii) PAYMENT DATE. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as after judgment) in the Termination Currency, from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions shall apply based on the parties' election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either "Market Quotation" or "Loss", and a payment method, either the "First Method" or the "Second Method". If the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be deemed that "Market Quotation" or the "Second Method", as the case may be, shall apply. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i) EVENTS OF DEFAULT. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default: --

(1) FIRST METHOD AND MARKET QUOTATION. If the First Method and Market Quotation apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party.

(2) FIRST METHOD AND LOSS. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting Party's Loss in respect of this Agreement.

(3) SECOND METHOD AND MARKET QUOTATION. If the Second Method and Market Quotation apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by

9

the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4) SECOND METHOD AND LOSS. If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party's Loss in respect of this Agreement. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii) TERMINATION EVENTS. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event: --

(1) ONE AFFECTED PARTY. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be determined in accordance with
Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or Section
6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and, if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2) TWO AFFECTED PARTIES. If there are two Affected Parties: --

(A) if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions and an amount will be payable equal to (1) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount ("X") and the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount ("Y") and (b) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (ii) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y; and

(B) if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, in respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher Loss ("X") and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss ("Y").

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

(iii) ADJUSTMENT FOR BANKRUPTCY. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because "Automatic Early Termination" applies in respect of a party, the amount determined under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) PRE-ESTIMATE. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

10

7. TRANSFER

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither this Agreement not any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that: --

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

8. CONTRACTUAL CURRENCY

(a) PAYMENT IN THE CONTRACTUAL CURRENCY. Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the "Contractual Currency"). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b) JUDGMENTS. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement,
(ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party. The term "rate of exchange" includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

(c) SEPARATE INDEMNITIES. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these indemnities constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d) EVIDENCE OF LOSS. For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

11

9. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings with respect thereto.

(b) AMENDMENTS. No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c) SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and
6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e) COUNTERPARTS AND CONFIRMATIONS.

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) HEADINGS. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

10. OFFICES; MULTIBRANCH PARTIES

(a) If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking office or jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation of such party, the obligations of such party are the same as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office. This representation will be deemed to be repeated by such party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into.

(b) Neither party may change the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries for the purpose of a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

(c) If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such Multibranch Party may make and receive payments or deliveries under any Transaction through any Office listed in the Schedule, and the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction will be specified in the relevant Confirmation.

11. EXPENSES

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document

12

to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12. NOTICES

(a) EFFECTIVENESS. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated: --

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient's answerback is received;

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender's facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted; or

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) CHANGE OF ADDRESSES. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

13. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b) JURISDICTION. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement ("Proceedings"), each party irrevocably: --

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York; and

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) SERVICE OF PROCESS. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent (if any) specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any

13

reason any party's Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(d) WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

14. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement: --

"ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"AFFECTED PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"AFFECTED TRANSACTIONS" means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

"AFFILIATE" means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, "control" of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

"APPLICABLE RATES" means: --

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after the date (determined in accordance with Section
6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the Default Rate;

(c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

"BURDENED PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"CHANGE IN TAX LAW" means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs on or after the date on which the relevant Transaction is entered into.

"CONSENT" includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

"CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT" means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

"CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER" has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

"DEFAULT RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

14

"DEFAULTING PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

"EARLY TERMINATION DATE" means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

"ILLEGALITY" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"INDEMNIFIABLE TAX" means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organized, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

"LAW" includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority) and "LAWFUL" and "UNLAWFUL" will be construed accordingly.

"LOCAL BUSINESS DAY" means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other payment, in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment, (c) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by
Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and
(d) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

"LOSS" means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and a party, the Termination Currency Equivalent of an amount that party reasonably determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its terminating, liquidating, obtaining or reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid duplication, if
Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a party's legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 11. A party will determine its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party may (but need not) determine its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in the relevant markets.

"MARKET QUOTATION" means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers. Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the "Replacement Transaction") that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have

15

been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included. The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values. If exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

"NON-DEFAULT RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant amount.

"NON-DEFAULTING PARTY" has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

"OFFICE" means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party's head or home office.

"POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"REFERENCE MARKET-MAKERS" means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers having an office in the same city.

"RELEVANT JURISDICTION" means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organized, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

"SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE" means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

"SET-OFF" means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject (whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

"SETTLEMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of: --

(a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is determined; and

(b) such party's Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination) produce a commercially reasonable result.

"SPECIFIED ENTITY" has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

16

"SPECIFIED INDEBTEDNESS" means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

"SPECIFIED TRANSACTION" means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions),
(b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

"STAMP TAX" means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

"TAX" means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

"TAX EVENT" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"TAX EVENT UPON MERGER" has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

"TERMINATED TRANSACTIONS" means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date (or, if "Automatic Early Termination" applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date).

"TERMINATION CURRENCY" has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

"TERMINATION CURRENCY EVENT" means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the "Other Currency"), the amount of the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Market Quotation or Loss (as the case may be), is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.

"TERMINATION EVENT" means an Illegality, a Tax Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

"TERMINATION RATE" means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

"UNPAID AMOUNTS" owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section
2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and
(b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under
Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market

17

value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values reasonably determined by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST                  NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


By: /s/ R. Vaughan Dodd                         By: /s/ Peter L. Vosotas
   ----------------------------------              ----------------------------
   Name: R Vaughan Dodd                             Name: Peter L. Vosotas
   Title: Senior Vice President                     Title: President
   Date: Jul 13 1999                                Date: May 11, 1999

18

(MULTICURRENCY-CROSS BORDER)

ISDA(R)
INTERNATIONAL SWAP DEALERS ASSOCIATION, INC.

SCHEDULE
TO THE
MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of March 30, 1999

between        BANK OF AMERICA                and      NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.
               NATIONAL TRUST AND
               SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                  ("Party A")                                ("Party B")

PART 1: TERMINATION PROVISIONS

(a) "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Loan and Security Agreement made and entered into as of March 31, 1993 between BA Business Credit, Inc. and Nicholas Financial, Inc., as amended by the Loan Modification Agreement dated January 14, 1994, the Temporary Line Increase Agreement dated March 28, 1994, the Second Loan Modification Agreement effective as of June 3, 1994, the Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement effective as of July 5, 1994, the Amendment No. 4 to Loan Agreement effective as of March 31, 1995, the Amendment No. 5 to Loan Agreement and Security Agreement effective as of July 31, 1995, the Amendment No. 6 to Loan Agreement and Security Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to Secured Promissory Note effective as of May 13, 1996, the Amendment No. 7 to Loan Agreement and Security Agreement effective as of July 1, 1997, the Amendment No. 8 to Loan and Security Agreement effective as of September 18, 1998, and the Amendment No. 9 to Loan and Security Agreement effective as of November 25, 1998, as may be further amended, modified, restated or replaced from time to time.

(b) "SPECIFIED ENTITY" means in relation to Party A for the purpose of: -

Section 5(a)(v) (Default under Specified Transaction), none;

Section 5(a)(vi) (Cross Default), none;

Section 5(a)(vii) (Bankruptcy), none; and

Section 5(b)(iv) (Credit Event Upon Merger), none;

1

in relation to Party B for the purpose of: -

Section 5(a)(v) (Default under Specified Transaction) any Affiliate of Party B;

Section 5(a)(vi) (Cross Default), any Affiliate of Party B;

Section 5(a)(vii) (Bankruptcy), any Affiliate of Party B; and

Section 5(b)(iv) (Credit Event Upon Merger), any Affiliate of Party B.

(c) "SPECIFIED TRANSACTION" will have the meaning specified in Section 14.

(d) The "CROSS-DEFAULT" provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) (as amended in Part 5(g))

will apply to Party A and will apply to Party B and each Specified Entity of Party B.

In connection therewith, "SPECIFIED INDEBTEDNESS" will not have the meaning specified in Section 14, and such definition shall be replaced by the following: "any obligation in respect of the payment of moneys (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise), except that such term shall not include obligations in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of a party's banking business."

"THRESHOLD AMOUNT" means with respect to Party A an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Party A's Shareholders' Equity and with respect to Party B, any amount.

With respect to Party B, any default (howsoever defined) under the Credit Agreement shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement.

"SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY" means with respect to an entity, at any time, the sum (as shown in the most recent annual audited financial statements of such entity) of (i) its capital stock (including preferred stock) outstanding, taken at par value, (ii) its capital surplus and (iii) its retained earnings, minus (iv) treasury stock, each to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(e) The "CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER" provisions of Section 5(b)(iv)

will apply to Party A will apply to Party B and each Specified Entity of Party B.

(f) The "AUTOMATIC EARLY TERMINATION" provision of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A will not apply to Party B.

(g) PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION. For the purpose of Section 6(e):

(i) Loss will apply.

(ii) The Second Method will apply.

(h) "TERMINATION CURRENCY" means United States Dollars.

2

(i) "ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT." Additional Termination Event will apply. The following event shall constitute an Additional Termination Event, with respect to Party B as the Affected Party:-

if Party A ceases to be a party to the Credit Agreement.

PART 2: TAX REPRESENTATIONS

(a) PAYER TAX REPRESENTATIONS. For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B will make the following representation:-

It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement. In making this representation, it may rely on (x) the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement, (y) the satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and (z) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement, provided that it shall not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (y) and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

(b) PAYEE TAX REPRESENTATIONS. For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B will make the following representations specified below, if any: -

(i) The following representations will apply to Party A:

Party A is a national banking association created or organized under the laws of the United States of America and the federal taxpayer identification number is 57-0236115.

(ii) The following representations will apply to Party B:

Party B is a corporation created or organized under the laws of the State of Florida and the federal taxpayer identification number is 87-363354.

PART 3: AGREEMENT TO DELIVER DOCUMENTS

For the purpose of Section 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents:

(a) Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

3

PARTY REQUIRED TO
DELIVER DOCUMENT         FORM/DOCUMENT/CERTIFICATE            DATE BY WHICH TO BE DELIVERED

Party A and Party B      Any form, document or certificate    Upon request
                         as may be requested pursuant to
                         Section 4(a)(iii) of this
                         Agreement.

(b) Other documents to be delivered are: -

PARTY REQUIRED TO                                                   DATE BY WHICH TO     COVERED BY SECTION
DELIVER DOCUMENT      FORM/DOCUMENT/CERTIFICATE                     BE DELIVERED         3(D) REPRESENTATION

Party A and Party B   Certified copies of all corporate and         Upon execution       Yes
                      authorizations and any other documents        and delivery of
                      with respect to the execution, delivery       this Agreement
                      and performance of this Agreement
                      and any Credit Support Document

Party A and Party B   Certificate of authority and specimen         Upon execution and   Yes
                      signatures of individuals executing           of this Agreement
                      this delivery any Credit Support              and thereafter
                      Document Agreement and Confirmations          upon request of
                                                                    the other party

PART 4: MISCELLANEOUS

(a) ADDRESS FOR NOTICES. For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement: -

Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 26 Elmfield Road
Bromley
Kent, United Kingdom
BRl 1WA

Attention: Global Derivative Operations

Telex No.: 249839 Answerback: OPRST UR U.S.A. Toll Free Number U.K. Local Number Facsimile No.: 1 (888) 624-0166 0181-313-2694

Telephone No.: 1 (888) 624-0164 0181-313-2659

Electronic Messaging System Details: Not Applicable

4

Address for notice or communications to Party B:

Nicholas Financial, Inc.
2454 McMullen Booth Rd.
Building C - Suite 501
Clearwater, FL 34619
Attention: Mr. Ralph Finkenbrink, VP of Finance Telephone No.: 727-726-0763
Facsimile No.: 727-797-3761

(b) PROCESS AGENT. For the purpose of Section 13(c):

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

(c) OFFICES. The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.

(d) MULTIBRANCH PARTY. For the purpose of Section 10 of this Agreement:-

Party A is not a Multibranch Party.

Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e) CALCULATION AGENT. The Calculation Agent is Party A.

(f) CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT. Details of any Credit Support Document: -

In relation to Party B, the Credit Agreement, and each Guaranty, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

(g) CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER.

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party A: Not applicable.

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party B: Guarantor, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

(h) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its conflict of laws doctrine).

(i) NETTING OF PAYMENTS. All amounts payable on the same date, in the same currency and in respect of the same Transaction shall be netted in accordance with Section 2(c) of this Agreement. The election contained in the last paragraph of Section 2(c) of this Agreement shall not apply for the purposes of this Agreement.

(j) "AFFILIATE" will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

5

PART 5: OTHER PROVISIONS

(a) SET-OFF. Any amount (the "Early Termination Amount") payable to one party (the Payee) by the other party (the Payer) under Section 6(e), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or one Affected Party in the case where a Termination Event under Section 5(b)(iv) or
(v) has occurred, will, at the option of the party ("X") other than the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party), be reduced by its set-off against any amount(s) (the "Other Agreement Amount") payable (whether at such time or in the future or upon the occurrence of a contingency) by the Payee to the Payer (irrespective of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) under any other agreement(s) between the Payee and the Payer or instrument(s) or undertaking(s) issued or executed by one party to, or in favor of, the other party (and the Other Agreement Amount will be discharged promptly and in all respects to the extent it is so set-off). X will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Part 5(a).

For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Agreement Amount (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

Nothing in this Part 5(a) shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Part 5(a) shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

(b) DELIVERY OF CONFIRMATIONS. For each Transaction entered into hereunder, Party A shall promptly send to Party B a Confirmation via facsimile transmission. Party B agrees to respond to such Confirmation within two (2) Business Days, either confirming agreement thereto or requesting a correction of any error(s) contained therein. Failure by Party A to send a Confirmation or of Party B to respond within such period shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Transaction. Absent manifest error, there shall be a presumption that the terms contained in such Confirmation are the terms of the Transaction.

(c) BANKRUPTCY. Section 5(a)(vii)(3) of this Agreement is hereby amended by the substitution of the following therefor:

"(3) sends a notice convening a meeting to propose a voluntary arrangement of creditors, or any class thereof, or makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors, or any class thereof;"

(d) FURNISHING SPECIFIED INFORMATION. Section 4(a)(iii) is hereby amended by inserting "promptly upon the earlier of (i)" in lieu of the word "upon" at the beginning thereof and inserting "or (ii) such party learning that the form or document is required" before the word "any" on the first line thereof.

6

(e) NOTICE BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION. Section 12(a) is hereby amended by inserting the words "2(b)," between the word "Section" and the number "5" and inserting the words "or 13(c)" between the number "6" and the word "may" in the second line thereof.

(f) RECORDING OF CONVERSATIONS. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees to the tape recording of conversations between the parties to this Agreement whether by one or other or both of the parties or their agents, and that any such tape recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings relating to the Agreement.

(g) CROSS DEFAULT. Section 5(a)(vi) of this Agreement is hereby amended adding the following after the semicolon at the end thereof:

"provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to any provision to the contrary contained in any such agreement or instrument), an Event of Default shall not occur under either (1) or (2) above if the default, event of default or other similar condition or event referred to in
(1) or the failure to pay referred to in (2) is caused not (even in part) by the unavailability of funds but is caused solely due to a technical or administrative error which has been remedied within three Business Days after notice of such failure is given to the party."

(h) Section 3(a) of this Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the word "and" at the end of clause (iv); (ii) deleting the period at the end of clause (v) and inserting therein "; and " ; and (iii) by inserting the following additional representation:

"(vi) ELIGIBLE SWAP PARTICIPANT. It is an `eligible swap participant' as defined under the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, currently at 17 CFR
Section 35.1(b)(2)."

(i) Section 3 is revised so as to add the following Section (g) at the end thereof:

"(g) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES. Each party represents to the other party and will be deemed to represent to the other party on the date on which it enters into a Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction):-

(i) NON-RELIANCE. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. Further, such party has not received from the other party any assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii) EVALUATION AND UNDERSTANDING. It is capable of evaluating and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands

7

and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the financial and other risks of that Transaction.

(iii) STATUS OF PARTIES. The other party is not acting as an agent, fiduciary or advisor for it in respect of that Transaction."

(j) WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(k) INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TERMS OF CREDIT AGREEMENT. The covenants, terms and provisions of, including all representations and warranties of Party B contained in the Credit Agreement, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement, are hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if such covenants, terms, and provisions were set forth in full herein. Party B hereby agrees that, during the period commencing with the date of this Agreement through and including such date on which all of Party B's obligations under this Agreement are fully performed, Party B will
(a) observe, perform, and fulfill each and every such covenant, term, and provision applicable to Party B, as such covenants, terms, and provisions, may be amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement with the consent of Party A and (b) deliver to Party A at the address for notices to Party A provided in Part 4 each notice, document, certificate or other writing as Party B is obligated to furnish to any other party to the Credit Agreement. In the event the Credit Agreement terminates or becomes no longer binding on Party B prior to the termination of this Agreement, such covenants, terms, and provisions (other than those requiring payments in respect of amounts owed under the Credit Agreement) will remain in force and effect for purposes of this Agreement as though set forth in full herein until the date on which all of Party B's obligations under this Agreement are fully performed, and this Agreement is terminated.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST              NICHOLAS FINANCIAL, INC.
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


By: /s/ R. Vaughan Dodd                     By: /s/ Peter L. Vosotas
   -------------------------------              -------------------------------
   Name: R. Vaughan Dodd                        Name: Peter L. Vosotas
   Title: Senior Vice President                 Title: President

8

EXHIBIT 10.11

[Bank of America Logo]

To:                              Nicholas Financial, Inc.
                                 2454 McMullen Booth Rd
                                 Bldg. C, #501-B
                                 Clearwater, FL 33759
Attn:                            Ralph Finkenbrink
Telephone:                       727-726-0763
Fax:                             727-726-2140

From:                            Bank of America, N.A.
                                 233 South Wacker Drive - Suite 2800
                                 Chicago
                                 Illinois 60606
                                 U.S.A.
Department:                      Swaps Operations
Telephone:                       (+1) 312 234 2732
Fax:                             (+1) 312 234 3603

Date:                            (1)

Our Reference No:
Reference Name:                  Michael M. Sharp
Internal Tracking No:

Dear Sir/Madam,

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Nicholas Financial, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (each a "party" and together "the parties") on the Trade Date specified below (the "Transaction"). This letter agreement constitutes a "Confirmation" as referred to in the ISDA Master Agreement specified below (the "Agreement").

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions, as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., (the "Definitions") are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement dated as of 30th March 1999, as amended and supplemented from time to time, between the parties. All provisions contained in the Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

In this Confirmation "Party A" means Bank of America, N.A. and "Party B" means Nicholas Financial, Inc.


GENERAL TERMS:

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

     Notional Amount:            USD 10,000,000.00

     Trade Date:                 (1)

     Effective Date:             (2)

     Termination Date:           (5), subject to adjustment in accordance with
                                 the Modified Following Business Day Convention

FIXED AMOUNTS:

     Fixed Rate Payer:           Party B

     Fixed Rate Payer
     Payment Dates:              The 2nd of each Month, commencing on __________
                                 and ending on the Termination Date, subject to
                                 adjustment in accordance with the Modified
                                 Following Business Day Convention

     Fixed Rate:                 (4)

     Fixed Rate Day
     Count Fraction:             Actual/360

FLOATING AMOUNTS:

     Floating Rate Payer:        Party A

     Floating Rate Payer
     Payment Dates:              The 2nd of each Month, commencing on __________
                                 and ending on the Termination Date, subject to
                                 adjustment in accordance with the Modified
                                 Following Business Day Convention

     Floating Rate for initial
     Calculation Period:         to be determined

     Floating Rate Option:       USD-LIBOR-BBA

     Designated Maturity:        1 Month

     Spread:                     None

     Floating Rate Day
     Count Fraction:             Actual/360

     Reset Dates:                First day of each Calculation Period

BUSINESS DAYS:                   New York and London

CALCULATION AGENT:               Party A

2

RECORDING OF CONVERSATIONS:

Each party to this Transaction acknowledges and agrees to the tape recording of conversations between the parties to this Transaction whether by one or other or both of the parties or their agents, and that any such tape recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings relating to the Agreement and/or this Transaction.

Account for payments to
Party A:                                            USD
                                                    We will debit your account.
                                 Pay to :           Bank of America
                                 ABA# :             FL
                                 Favour:            Nicholas Financial, Inc.
                                 Account Number:    003603386388

Account for payments to
Party B:                                            USD
                                                    We will credit your account.
                                 Pay to :           Bank of America
                                 ABA# :             FL
                                 Favour:            Nicholas Financial, Inc.
                                 Account Number:    003603386388

OFFICES:

     The Office of Party A
     for this Transaction is:    Charlotte - NC, United States
                                 Please send reset notices to
                                 fax no. (+1 312) 234 3603.

     The Office of Party B
     for this Transaction is:    Clearwater, United States

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement by returning via telecopier an executed copy of this Confirmation to the attention of Global Derivative Operations (fax no.(+1312) 234 3603).

                                           Accepted and confirmed as of the date
                                           first written:
Bank of America, N.A.                      Nicholas Financial, Inc.


/s/ Dave Walker                            /s/ Ralph Finkenbrink
--------------------------------------     -------------------------------------
Dave Walker                                Name: Ralph Finkenbrink
Senior Vice President                      Title: VP Finance
Authorized Signatory

Our Reference Number:

Internal Tracking No:

3

VARIABLE TERMS OF SWAP AGREEMENTS

                                                                 (5) Termination
(1) Trade Date     (2) Effective   (3) Notional  (4) Fixed Rate       Date
(Date Entered)          Date           Amount     Of Interest    (Maturity Date)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 17, 2000       May 17, 2000     $10,000,000      6.87%       May 17, 2004
October 5, 2001    October 5, 2001  $10,000,000      3.85%       October 5, 2004
June 28, 2002      June 28, 2002    $10,000,000      3.83%       July 2, 2005
January 6, 2003    April 2, 2003    $10,000,000      3.35%       April 2, 2007
January 31, 2003   August 1, 2003   $10,000,000      3.20%       August 2, 2006
February 26, 2003  May 17, 2004     $10,000,000      3.91%       May 19, 2008
March 11, 2004     October 5, 2004  $10,000,000      3.64%       October 5, 2009


Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated June 9, 2003, in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 2 to Form S-2 No. 333-113215) and related Prospectus of Nicholas Financial Inc. and subsidiaries for the registration of 2,760,000 shares of its common stock.

                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, GA
April 6, 2004